WO2010111527A1 - Pyrazolo [ 3, 4 -b] pyridines as kinase inhibitors and their medical use - Google Patents

Pyrazolo [ 3, 4 -b] pyridines as kinase inhibitors and their medical use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010111527A1
WO2010111527A1 PCT/US2010/028721 US2010028721W WO2010111527A1 WO 2010111527 A1 WO2010111527 A1 WO 2010111527A1 US 2010028721 W US2010028721 W US 2010028721W WO 2010111527 A1 WO2010111527 A1 WO 2010111527A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fluoro
optionally substituted
group
lower alkyl
heterocycloalkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/028721
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Prabha N. Ibrahim
Wayne Spevak
Original Assignee
Plexxikon, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Plexxikon, Inc. filed Critical Plexxikon, Inc.
Publication of WO2010111527A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010111527A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system

Definitions

  • PYRAZOLO [ 3 , 4 -B] PYRIDINES AS KINASE INHIBITORS AND THEIR
  • compounds are provided, as well as various salts thereof, formulations thereof, conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof and uses thereof. Also contemplated in accordance with the present invention are methods for the use of the compounds in treating diseases and conditions associated with regulation of the activity of one or more protein kinases in general, including, but not limited to, AbI, Aktl , Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, A- Raf, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl , c-Raf-1 , Csk, EGFR, EphAl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Fill , Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Frk, Fyn, Gsk3 ⁇ , Gsk3 ⁇ , HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4,
  • the compounds are active on one or more Raf kinases, including A-Raf, B-Raf and/or c-Raf-1 , including any mutations thereof.
  • the compounds are used for therapeutic methods involving modulation of one or more Raf protein kinases, including treatment of a variety of indications, including, but not limited to, melanoma, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, ovarian cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, pain and polycystic kidney disease.
  • compounds are of Formula I, Formula Ia, or Formula Ib as described below.
  • Li is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 5 R 6 )-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R 1 )-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-. and -S(O) 1 -;
  • L 2 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R 8 K(O)-, -N(R 8 )-C(S)-, -N(R 8 )-S(O>,
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO 2 , -O-R 9 , -S-R 1 1 , -N(R 9 )-R 1U , -C(O)-R 1 1 , -C(S)-R", -C(O)-N(R 9 )-R 10 , -C(S)-N(R 9 )-R 10 , -C(O)-N(R 13 )-OR 9 , -C(S)-N(R I 3 )-OR 9 , -C(O)-N(R 13 )-S(O) 2 -R" , -C(S)-N(R
  • R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO 2 , -O-R 17 , -S-R 19 , -N(R I 7 )-R 18 , -C(O)-R 19 , -C(S)-R 19 , -C(O)-N(R ⁇ )-R l s , -C(S)-N(R 17 )-R I S , -C(O)-N(R 20 )-OR 17 , -C(S)-N(R 20 )-OR 17 , -C(S)-N(R 20 )-OR 17 , -C(O)-N(R 20 )
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO 2 , -O-R 21 , -S-R 21 , -N(R 21 )-R 22 , -C(O)-R 23 , -C(S)-R 23 , -C(O)-N(R 21 ) ⁇ R 22 , -C(S)-N(R 21 )-R 22 , -C(O)-N(R 24 VOR 21 , -C(S)-N(R 24 )-C)R 21 , -C(O>N(R 24 )-S(O) 2 -R iJ .
  • R 3 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -OH, -MH:, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alklylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -N(R 25 )-R i6 , wherein the alkyl cham(s) of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, or di-alkylamino are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-
  • R and R combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NHT, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
  • R 7 , R 13 , R 20 , and R 24 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heieroaryl, -C(O)-R 27 , -C(S)-R 27 , -S(O)-R 27 , -S(O) 2 -R 27 , -C(O)-N(H)-R 27 , -C(S)-N(H)-R 27 , and -S(O) 2 -N(H)-R 27 ;
  • R 8 at each occurrence is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di- alkylamino, and -N(R 25 )-R 26 ;
  • R 12 , R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, -N(R 28 )-R 29 , -O-R 28 , and -S-R 3 ⁇ ;
  • R 1 1 , R 19 and R 23 are independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 9 , R 10 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 21 and R 22 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 23 and R 25 at each occurrence combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membcred heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro. -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, and fluoro substituted lower alkylthio;
  • R 27 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 28 and K 29 at each occurrence are iiidependently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl
  • R 30 at each occurrence is optionally substituted lower alkyl.
  • Ar t is selected from the group consisting of:
  • ⁇ indicates the point of attachment of Ari to L 3 of Formula Ia and indicates the point of attachment of A ⁇
  • L 3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 35 R 36 )-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R 37 )-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • L 4 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R 3S )-C(0)-, -N(R 38 )-C(S)-, -N(R 38 )-S(O)-,
  • R 31 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 32 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -O-R 39 , -S-R 39 , -N(R 40 )-R 39 , -N(R 4U )-C(O)-R 39 : -N(R 40 )-S(O)-R 39 , -N(R 40 )-S(O) 2 -R 39 , -C(O)-N(R 40 )-R 39 , -C(O)-O-R 39 , -C(O)-O-R 39 , -C(O)-N(R 40 )-R 39 , -S(O)-N(R 40 )-R 39 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 4 ⁇
  • -S(O)-R 39 -S(O) 2 -R 39 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mon ⁇ - alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 32 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , hal
  • R 33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NII 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NII 2 , -O-R 43 , -S-R 43 , -N(R 4 >R 43 , -N(R 47 )-C(O)-R 43 , -N(R 47 )-S(O)-R 43 , -N(R 47 )-S(O) 2 -R 43 , -C(O)-N(R 47 )-R 43 , -C(O)-O-R 43 , -C(O)-N(R 47 )-R 43 , -C(O)-O-R 43 , -C(O)-R 43 , -S(O)-N(R 47 )-R 43 , -
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 33 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -O-R 48 , -S-R 4S , -N(R 47 )-R 48 , -N(R 47 )-C(O)-R 48 , -N(R 47 )-S(O)-R 48 , -N(R 47 )-S(O) 2 -R 48 , -C(O)-R 48 , -S(O)-R 48 , -S(O) 2 -R 48 , -C(O)-O-R 48 , -S(O)-R 48
  • R 34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH. -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -O-R 49 , -S-R 49 , -N(R 5 ⁇ )-R 49 , -N(R 5 ⁇ )-C(O)-R 49 , -N(R 50 )-S(O)-R 49 , -N(R 50 )-S(O) 2 -R 49 , -C(O)-N(R s0 )-R 49 , -C(O)-O-R 49 , -C(O)-N(R 50 )-R 49 , -S(O) 2 -N(R ⁇ )-R 49 , -S(O)-R 49 , -S(O) 2 -N
  • R 5 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, low er alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkox>, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, or
  • R and R combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , low er alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alk>l, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkox>, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo,
  • R 39 , R 43 , and R 49 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, low er alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- dlkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 39 , R 43 , or R 49 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-
  • R 37 , R 38 , R 40 , R 47 , R s0 , and R 33 are independently hvdrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alky lamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and
  • R 41 , R 4S , R ⁇ ', and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthiu, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy;
  • R 7 , R 4 , R , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, -N(R 54 )-R 55 , -O-R 54 , and -S-R 56 ;
  • R 34 and R 55 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl:
  • R 56 at each occurrence is optionally substituted lower alkyl
  • L 3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 35 R 36 )-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R 37 )-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • L 6 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R 38 )-C(O)-, -N(R 3S )-C(S)-, -N(R 18 )-S(O)-,
  • R 57 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 58 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH 2 . -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH,
  • -C(O)-O-R 39 -C(O)-R 39 , -C(O)-R 39 , -S(O)-N(R 40 )-R 39 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 40 )-R 39 , -S(O)-R 39 .
  • -S(O) 3 -R 39 halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio.
  • cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R' 8 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -0-R 41 , -S-R 41 .
  • R 59 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -O-R 43 , -S-R 43 , -N(R 47 )-R 43 , -N(R 47 )-C(O)-R 43 , -N(R 47 )-S(O)-R 43 , -N(R 47 )-S(O) 2 -R 43 .
  • R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 .
  • R 61 and R 62 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C) -3 alkyl, and tluoro substituted C 1 . 3 alkyl;
  • R 35 , R 36 , R 37 , R 38 , R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 43 , R 47 , R 4S , R 44 , R 50 , and R 51 are as defined for Formula Ia.
  • R 1 , R 31 and R 57 are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 63 , and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 64 , wherein
  • R 63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -S-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-C(O)-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-S(O)-R 6S .
  • R 64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 . -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 . -O-R 65 , -S-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-R 65 , -N(R 6t >C(O)-R 65 , -N(R 6C ')-S(O)-R 65 .
  • lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more subslituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl. and heteroaryl.
  • cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl. and heteroaryl as R 64 , or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH 5 -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -O-R h ⁇ -S-R", -N(R 66 )-R 67 , -N(R 66 )-C(O)-R 67 , -N(R 66 )-S(O) 2 -R 67 .
  • R 65 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 65 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)-OH, -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-NH 2 ,
  • R 66 and R 6S at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NII 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
  • R 67 and R 69 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
  • R 1 , R 31 and R are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, is optionally substituted with one or more substituents K b ⁇ and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 64 ; wherein R 63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH 2 , -O-R 6 ⁇ -S-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-C(O)-R 65 , -N(R 66 )-S(O)-R b5 , -N(R 6 ⁇ )-S(O) 2 -R 65 , -C
  • R 2 , R 32 , and R 58 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -0-R 7C , -S-R 70 , -N(R 71 )-R 70 , fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
  • R 3 , R 33 , and R' 4 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -0-R'°, -S-R u , -N(R 7
  • R 4 , R 14 , and R 60 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R ', -S-R 70 , fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoio substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino,
  • R ° is lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and
  • R ! is hydrogen or lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of
  • a compound or group of compounds includes salts of such compound(s) (including acceptable salts) formulations of such compound(s) (including pharmaceutically acceptable formulations), conjugates thereof, dematives thereof, forms thereof, prodrugs thereof and all stereoisomers thereof
  • a compound of Formula 1 includes all sub-embodiments thereof (e g including Formulae Ia-Ib, and all embodiments as described above)
  • methods are provided for treating a protein kinase mediated disease or condition in an animal subject, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula 1
  • the terms "treat,” “therapy,” and like terms refer to the administration of mate ⁇ al, e g , any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in an amount effective to prevent,
  • the invention provides methods for treating a Raf protein kinase mediated disease or condition in an animal subject, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I
  • the terms "Raf piotem kinase mediated disease or condition,” “Raf kinase mediated disease or condition,” “Raf mediated disease or condition,” and the like refer to a disease or condition in which the biological function of a Raf protein kinase, including any mutations thereof, affects the development, course, and/or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of the Raf protein kinase alters the development, course and/or symptoms of the disease or condition
  • the Raf protein kinase includes, but is not limited to, A-Raf, A-RaI mutations, B-Raf, mutations of B-Raf, c-Raf-1 and mutations of c-Raf-1 In some embodiment
  • the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I in combination with one or more other therapies for the disease or condition.
  • the terms ''A- Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf-I protein kinase mediated disease or condition "A-Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf-1 kinase mediated disease or condition," “A-Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf-1 mediated disease or condition,'” and the like refer to a disease or condition in which the biological function of an A-Raf, B-Raf or c- Raf-1 kinase, respectively, including any mutations thereof, affects the development, course and/or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of the A-Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf- 1 protein kinase, respectively, alters the development, course, and/or symptoms of the disease or condition,
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 5 Q of less than 500 run, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 iiM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay.
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 5O of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl, Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, A-Raf, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl, c-Raf-1, Csk, EGFR, EpIiAl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, FItI, Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Frk, Fyn, Gsk3 ⁇ , Gsk3 ⁇ , HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 5O of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI. Aktl , Akt2, Akt3, ALK. Alk5, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CIIKl, c-Raf-1, Csk. EGFR, EphAl, EphA2.
  • a compound of Formula 1 will have an IC 50 of less than 500 run, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 iiM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, ⁇ -Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf-1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, Fltl , Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP4K4, M ⁇ PKAPK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PDGFRB, PDKo, PI3K0, PI3K5. PI3K ⁇ , Piml , PKC theta, Pyk2, Ret, Src
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 50 of less than 500 run, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf- 1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn.
  • kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf- 1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn.
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 50 of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of A-Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E mutant, B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant, c-Raf-1 , Fak, FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Lck, Lyn, Met, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, Pyk2, Kdr, Src and Ret, including any mutations thereof.
  • a compound of Formula I is an inhibitor of a Raf kinase and has an IC 50 of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM as determined in a generally accepted Raf kinase activity assay.
  • a compound of Formula I will have an IC 50 of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM.
  • a compound of Formula I will selectively inhibit one Raf kinase relative to one or more other Raf kinases. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I will selectively inhibit a mutation of the Raf kinase relat ⁇ e to the wild type kinase for example B-Raf V600E mutant relativ e
  • a compound of Formula I will also inhibit the effects of a mutation of the kinase, including, but not limited to, a mutation that is related to a disease state, such as a cancer
  • a mutation that is related to a disease state such as a cancer
  • B-Raf V600E mutant is present in a high percentage of some cancers, such as melanoma, and compounds will inhibit the kinase activity of this mutant
  • a compound of 1 ormula 1 may selectively inhibit one kinase relative to one or more other kinases, where preferably inhibition is selectrve.with respect to any of the other kinases, whether a kinase discussed herein, or other kinases
  • the compound may selectively inhibit the effects of a mutation of the kinase relative to the wild type kinase, for example B-Raf V600F mutant relative to wild type B-Raf
  • Selective inhibition of one kinase relative to another is such that the 1C so for the one kinase may be at least about 2-fold, also 5-fold, also 10-fold, also 20-fold, also 50-fold, or at least about 100-fold less than the IC 5O for any of the other kinases as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay
  • compositions that include a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable earner, excipient, and/or diluent, including combinations of any two or more compounds of Formula I
  • the composition can further include a plurality of different pharmacologically active compounds, which can include a plurality of compounds of Formula I
  • the composition can include any one or more compound(s) of Fonnula I along with one or more compounds that are therapeutically effective for the same disease indication
  • the composition includes any one or more compound(s) of I- ormula I along with one or more compounds that are therapeutically effectiv e for the same disease indication, wherein the compounds have a synergistic effect on the disease indication
  • the composition includes any one or more compound ⁇ ) of Formula I effectiv e in treating a cancer and one or more other compounds that are effective in treating the same cancer, further wherein the compounds are synergis
  • Flt4 Fms, Frk, Fyn, Gsk3 ⁇ , Gsk3 ⁇ , HCK, IIer2/Erbb2, Her4 ⁇ rbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, JnkL Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, M ⁇ P2K1, MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl, mTOR, p38, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, PDPKl, PBK ⁇ , PI3K0, PI3K ⁇ , PBK ⁇ , Piml , Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, Plkl, Pyk2, Ret, ROCKl, ROCK2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tie2, TrkA, TrkB, Yes. and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by contacting
  • methods for treating a protein kinase mediated disease or condition in an animal subject, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I,
  • a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl. Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, ⁇ -Raf, B- Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CIIKl, c-Raf-1, Csk, EGFR, EphAl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Fltl, Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Fyn, Gsk3 ⁇ , Gsk3 ⁇ , HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP2
  • the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl , Akt2, ⁇ kt3, ⁇ LK. AIkS, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl. c-Raf-1, Csk, EGFR. EphAl . EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Fyn, Gsk3 ⁇ , Gsk3 ⁇ , HCK, Hcr2/Erbb2, Her4, Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk.
  • a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl , Akt2, ⁇ kt3, ⁇ LK. AIkS, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl. c
  • the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of ⁇ bl, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf-1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, Fltl, Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP4K4, M ⁇ PK ⁇ PK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PDGFRB, PI3K ⁇ , PI3K/J, PI3KS, PI3K ⁇ , Piml, PKC theta, Pyk2, Ret, Src, Stk ⁇ , TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s)
  • the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, ⁇ -Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf-1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PI3K ⁇ , PI3K& P13KO, PI3K ⁇ , Piml, PKC theta, Pyk2, Src, Stk ⁇ , TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
  • a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, ⁇ -Raf, B-Raf, Btk,
  • the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of A-Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E mutant, B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant, c-Raf-1 , Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Lck, Lyn, Met, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, Pyk2, Kdr, Src and Ret, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
  • a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of A-Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E mutant, B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant, c-Raf-1 , Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2, FGFR3,
  • the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by A-Raf, B-Raf, c-Raf-1 , B-Raf V600E mutant, or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
  • the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by A-Raf, B-Raf, c-Raf- 1, B-Raf V600E mutant, or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in combination with one or more other suitable therapies for treating the disease.
  • the invention provides methods for treating a cancer mediated by B-Raf V600E mutant or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in combination with one or more suitable anticancer therapies, such as one or more chemotherapeutic drugs.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, in combination with one or more other therapies or medical procedures effective in treating the cancer.
  • Other therapies or medical procedures include suitable anticancer therapy (e.g. drug therapy, vaccine therapy, gene therapy, photodynamic therapy) or medical procedure (e.g. surgery, radiation treatment, hyperthermia heating, bone marrow or stem cell transplant).
  • the one or more suitable anticancer therapies or medical procedures is selected from treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent (e.g. chemotherapeutic drug), radiation treatment (e.g.
  • x-ray, ⁇ -ray, or electron, proton, neutron, or ⁇ particle beam hyperthermia heating (e.g. microwave, ultrasound, radiofrequency ablation), Vaccine therapy (e.g. ⁇ FP gene hepatocellular carcinoma vaccine, AFP adenoviral vector vaccine, AG-858, allogeneic GM-CSF- secretion breast cancer vaccine, dendritic cell peptide vaccines), gene therapy (e.g. Ad5CMV-p53 vector, adenovector encoding MDA7, adenovirus 5-tumor necrosis factor alpha), photodynamic therapy (e.g. aminolevulinic acid, motexafin luletium), surgery, or bone marrow and stem cell transplantation.
  • hyperthermia heating e.g. microwave, ultrasound, radiofrequency ablation
  • Vaccine therapy e.g. ⁇ FP gene hepatocellular carcinoma vaccine, AFP adenoviral vector vaccine, AG-858, allogeneic GM
  • the invention provides a method of treating a cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, in combination with one or more suitable chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the one or more suitable chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent, including, but not limited to, adozelesin, altretamine, bendamustine, bizelesin, busulfan, carboplatin, carbuquone.
  • an antibiotic including, but not limited to, aclarubicm, amrubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicm, doxorubicin elsamitrucin, epirubicm, ldarubicm, menoga ⁇ l, mitomycin, neoeamnostatin, pentostatin, pirarabicin, phcamycin, valrubicin, and zor
  • the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in a mammal, by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug
  • the compound can be alone or can be part of a composition
  • the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in a mammal, by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug, or a pharmaceutical!) acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug in combination with one or more other suitable therapies for the disease or condition
  • kits that include a composition as dcsc ⁇ bed herein
  • the composition is packaged, e g , m a vial, bottle, flask, which may be further packaged, e g , withm a box, envelope, or bag, the composition is approved by the U S Food and Drug Administration or similar regulatory agencv for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, the composition is approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a protein kinase mediated disease or condition
  • the invention kit includes written instructions for use and/or other indication that the composition is suitable or approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a protein kmase-mediated disease or condition, and the composition is packaged in unit dose or single dose form, e g , single dose pills, capsules, or the like
  • the invention provides methods for treating an A-Raf-mediatcd, B- Rdf-mediated and'or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition in an animal subject (e g a mammal such as a human, other pnmates, sports animals, animals of commercial interest such as tattle, farm animals such as horses or pets such as dogs and cats), e g , a disease or condition characte ⁇ /ed bv abnormal ⁇ Raf, B Raf and/or c-Raf- 1 activity (e g kinase activity)
  • invention methods involv e administering to the subject suffering from or at risk of an ⁇ -Raf mediated, B-Raf-mediated and/or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition an effective amount of compound of Formula I
  • the A-Raf-mediatcd, B- Rdf-mediated and'or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition an effective amount of compound of Formula I
  • multi-infarct dementia head injury, spmal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, seizures and epilepsy
  • neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g gastrointestinal, liver, bile duct (cholangiocarcinoma), colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian, prostate), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplasia syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendocrine tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, and pheochromocytoma, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory o ⁇ gin, including, but not limited to, acute pain, chronic pain, cancer-related pain, and migraine, cardio ⁇ as
  • compounds of Formula 1 can be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment ol an A-Raf-mediated, B-Raf mediated or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of neurologic diseases, including, but not limited to multi infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma glioma sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendoc ⁇ ne tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma, pain of neur
  • neurologic diseases including, but not limited to multi in
  • the compounds of Formula 1 with kinase actmty ICq 0 less than 10 ⁇ M as determined in a standard assay descnbed herein can be used to treat protein kinase mediated diseases and conditions related to the following protein kinases, including any mutations thereof, for example without limitation
  • CML chronic myeloid leukemia
  • ALL acute lymphoblastic leukemia
  • AML acute myelogenous leukemia
  • Aktl related to gast ⁇ c, prostate, colorectal, ovarian, pancreatic and breast cancer, glioblastoma and leukemia, as well as schizophrenia and bipolar disorders, and also use in combination with other chemotherapeutic drugs,
  • Akt2 related to hyperglycemia due to peripheral insulin resistance and nonsuppressible hepatic glucose production accompanied by inadequate compensatory hype ⁇ nsulinemia, also related to pancreatic, ova ⁇ an and breast cancer,
  • Akt3 related to melanoma, prostate and breast cancer
  • A.LK related to non-Hodgkin lymphomas such as diffuse large D-cell lymphoma and anaplastic large cell lymphoma
  • Alk5 related to pancreatic and biliary cancers, and cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
  • A.-Raf related to neurologic diseases such as multi-infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury.
  • Alzheimer's disease (AD) Parkinson's disease
  • neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma), neurofibromatosis, myelodysplasia syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin, including acute pain, chrome pam, cancer-related pam and migraine, and diseases associated with muscle regeneration or degeneration, including, but not limited to, vascular restenosis, sarcopenia, muscular dystrophies (including, but not limited to, Duchenne, Becker, Emery Dreifuss.
  • motoi neuron diseases including, but not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile progressive spinal muscular atrophy, intermediate spinal muscular atrophy, juvenile spinal muscular atrophy, spinal bulbar muscular atrophy, and adult spinal muscular atrophy
  • motoi neuron diseases including, but not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile progressive spinal muscular atrophy, intermediate spinal muscular atrophy, juvenile spinal muscular atrophy, spinal bulbar muscular atrophy, and adult spinal muscular atrophy
  • myopathies including, but not limited to, de ⁇ natomyositis polymyositis and inclusion body myositis
  • diseases of the neuromuscular junction including, but not limited to, m>asthenia gravis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, and congenital myasthenic syndrome
  • myopathies due to endoc ⁇ nc abnormalities including, but not limited to, hyperthyroid myopathy and hypothyroid myopathy
  • diseases of pe ⁇ pheral ner ⁇ e including, but not limited to, Charcot- Mane-Tooth disease, Deje ⁇ ne-Sottas disease, and Friedreich's ataxia
  • other myopathies including, but not limited to, myotonia congenita, paramyotonia congenita, central core disease, nemahne myopathy, myotubular myopathy, and pe ⁇ odic paralysis
  • metabolic diseases of muscle including, but not limited to, phosphorylase deficiency, acid maltase deficiency,
  • B-Raf or c-Raf- 1 related to neurologic diseases, including but not limited to, as multi infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal ovanan), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendoc ⁇ ne tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer carcinoid small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin, including, but not limited to, acute pain, chrome pain, cancer-related pain, and migraine, cardiovascular diseases including, but not limited to, heart failure, ischemic stroke, cardiac hypertrophy, thro
  • CFC cardiovascular disease 2019
  • neural crest syndrome abnormalities causing cardiovascular, skeletal, intestinal, skin, hair and endocrine diseases
  • Brk related to breast and colon cancer, and head and neck squamous cell carcinoma
  • Btk related to X-linked agammaglobulinemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and
  • Cdk2 related to prostate, breast, colorectal and ovarian cancer
  • Cdk4 related to glioblastoma (e.g. glioblastoma multiforme), anaplastic astrocytoma, and breast cancer
  • glioblastoma e.g. glioblastoma multiforme
  • anaplastic astrocytoma e.g. astrocytoma
  • breast cancer e.g. glioblastoma multiforme
  • Cdk5 related to Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and Lewy body disease
  • Cdk6 related to glioblastoma multiforme, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, T-cell lymphoblastic lymphoma (T-LBL) and T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL);
  • CHKl related to DNA damage repair, sensitizes cells to chcmotherapcutic agents
  • Csk related to colon and pancreatic carcinomas and autoimmune pathology such as type 1 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus
  • EGFR related to breast, colorectal, bladder, prostate and non small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinomas of the head and neck cancer, oral cavity, and esophagus, and glioblastoma multiforme;
  • EphAl related to head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, hepatoma and lung cancer; Eph ⁇ 2, related to aberrant short-range contact-mediated axonal guidance, bladder, breast, prostate, colon, skin, cervical, ovarian, pancreatic and lung cancers, and metastatic melanoma: EphB2, related to angiogenesis disorder (e.g. ocular angiogenesis disease such as retinopathy), and cancer (e.g.
  • angiogenesis disorder e.g. ocular angiogenesis disease such as retinopathy
  • cancer e.g.
  • glioblastoma glioblastoma, breast and liver cancer
  • EphB4 related to colorectal cancer (CRC), head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, and tumours of the prostate, breast, endometrium, and bladder
  • Erk2 related to aberrant proliferation, differentiation, transcription regulation and development, and may be useful in treating inflammation, for example inflammation associated with Lyme neuroborreliosis, and in treating cancers, such as gastric cancer
  • Fak related to colon and breast tumors, and is also related to esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, anaplastic astrocytoma, glioblastoma, ductal carcinoma in situ, prostate and hepatocellular carcinoma, and tumor metastases, and may also provide synergistic effects when used with other chemotherapeutic drugs
  • FGFRl related to 8pl l myeloproliferative syndrome
  • FGFR2 related to Crouzon Syndrome, Jackson-Weiss Syndrome, Apert
  • Cutis Gyrata Syndrome FGFR3, related to angiogenesis, wound healing, achondroplasia, Muenke craniosynostosis,
  • Crouzon syndrome acanthosis nigricans, thanatophoric dysplasia, bladder carcinomas, and multiple myeloma
  • FGFR4 related to cancer of the breast, lung, colon, medullary thyroid, pancreas, ovary, prostate, endometrium, and fallopian tube, head and neck squamous cell carcinomas and leiomyosarcoma;
  • Fltl related to non-small cell lung carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, and colorectal cancer
  • Flt3 related to acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, acute lymphoblastic leukemia
  • Flt4 related to primary lymphoedema
  • Fms related to immune disorders, including rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosis
  • SLE transplant rejection
  • inflammatory diseases including inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • COPD COPD
  • emphysema emphysema
  • atherosclerosis emphysema
  • metabolic disorders including Type I diabetes
  • Type II diabetes insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, and lipolysis, disorders of bone structure.
  • glomerulonephritis glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis), tubular necrosis, diabetes-associated renal complications (e g diabetic nephropathy), and hypertrophy, disorders of the central nervous system, including multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, inflammatory and chronic pain, including bone pain, and cancers, including multiple myeloma, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), prostate cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, and metastasis of tumors to other tissues,
  • CML chronic myeloid leukemia
  • Frk related to acute myeloid leukemia and type 1 diabetes.
  • l*yn related to Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia and prevention of metastases, e g in melanoma and squamous cell carcinoma,
  • GSK3 Gsk3 ⁇ and/or Gsk3 ⁇
  • CNS disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, diabetes type II, bipolar disorders, stroke, cancer, chronic inflammatory disease, leucopcma, schizophrenia, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, and traumatic head injury,
  • HCK related to chrome myelogenous leukemia and acute lymphocytic leukemia.
  • Her2/Erbb2 related to prostate and breast cancer
  • Her4/Erbb4 related to childhood medulloblastoma
  • IGFlR related to prostate cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma
  • IKK beta related to leukemia of T-cells, necrosis, insulin resistance, and malignant neoplasms
  • Irak4 related to bacterial infections, immunodeficiency syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, asthma, chronic bronchitis, cardio hypertrophy, and kidney hypertension,
  • Jak2 related to myeloproliferative disorders such as polycythaemia vera, myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, myeloid metaplasia and leukemias, including acute lymphoblastic leukemia chronic neutrophilic leukemia, juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia, CMML, Philadelphia chromosome-negative CML, megakaryocyte leukemia, and acute erytliroid leukemia.
  • myeloproliferative disorders such as polycythaemia vera, myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, myeloid metaplasia and leukemias, including acute lymphoblastic leukemia chronic neutrophilic leukemia, juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia, CMML, Philadelphia chromosome-negative CML, megakaryocyte leukemia, and acute erytliroid leukemia.
  • Jak3 related to X-lmked severe combined immunodeficiency, myeloproliferative disorders,, transplant rejection and autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, ulcerative colitis, psoriasis and multiple sclerosis, Jnk (Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3), related to metabolic diseases including type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity, and hepatic steatosis; cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis, ischemia (e.g.
  • renal diseases such as chronic renal failure
  • neoplastic diseases and associated complications including chemotherapy-induced hypoxia, prostate tumors, myeloid leukemia and cancers of the liver, bone, skin, brain, pancreas, lung breast, colon, prostate and ovary
  • transplant rejection pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin including acute and chronic pain
  • inflammatory and autoimmune diseases including age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, Sjogren's Syndrome, psoriasis, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis
  • Grave's disease myasthenia gravis, and multiple sclerosis, and inflammation in other organs including CNS inflammation, pancreatitis, nephritis, atopic dermatitis, and hepatitis
  • airway inflammatory diseases such as
  • Jnkl is related to type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity and hepatic steatosis
  • Jnk2 is related to atherosclerosis
  • Jnk3 is related to inflammatory diseases including autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, Sjogren's Syndrome, psoriasis and multiple sclerosis, airway inflammatory diseases such as asthma, allergy, pulmonary fibrosis, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and inflammation in other organs, such as CNS inflammation, pancreatitis, nephritis, and hepatitis; neurologic diseases such as stroke, cerebrovascular ischemia, and neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and Huntington's disease; and neoplastic diseases such as prostate tumors and myeloid leukemia;
  • autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis
  • Kdr related to anti-angiogenesis for treating solid tumor growth (e.g. ovarian, lung, breast, prancreatic, prostate, colon, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, non small cell lung cancer, and epidermoid cancer), metastasis, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy and age related macular degeneration; Kit related to malignancies, including mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISI s), glioblastoma astrocytoma neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, mastocytosis, melanoma, and canine mast cell tumors,
  • Lck related to acute lymphoblastic leukemia, T-cell lymphoma, lymphopenia, renal carcinoma, colon carcinoma, severe combined immunodeficiency, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel and type I diabetes,
  • MAP2K1 related to acute myeloid leukemia, breast, o ⁇ a ⁇ an and liver cancer
  • MAP2K2 related to cancer and inflammation
  • MAP4K4 related to metabolic indications including re-sensitizing fat and muscle cells to insulin, ameliorating the pathology m adipocytes, ameliorating the pathology in muscle cells, metabolic syndrome, and type II diabetes, a broad range of oncology indications, including blocking the migration, invasion and metastasis in many different tumor types and T-cell mediated autoimmune diseases, MAPKAPK2, cancer (e g prostate, breast), stroke, menengitis, and inflammatory disorders,
  • Met related to kidney, breast, bladder, non-small cell lung, colorectal, and bladder cancers, and hepatocellular carcinoma
  • Mnkl related to conditions associated with heat shock, nul ⁇ ent deprivation, oxidative or osmotic stress, and infection of mammalian cells (e g with viruses such as adenovirus (Ad) or influenza virus), and autoimmune diseases,
  • MLKl related to neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, and inflammatory disorders
  • mTOR related to neuronal rumors breast cancer prostate cancer, acute mvclogcnous leukemia lung cancer, pancreatic cancer colon cancer, renal cancer and myeloma, p38 related to acute coronary syndrome, stroke, atherosclerosis, and inflammatory autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, and Crolin's disease PDGFR (PDGFRA, PDGFRB), related to idiopathic hypereosmophilic syndrome chrome eosinophilic leukemia, glioma gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs), juvenile myelnmonncytic leukemia metastatic medulloblastoma, atherogenesis, and restenosis More particularly, PDGFR ⁇ related to idiopathic hypereosmophilic syndrome, chrome eosinophilic leukemia, glioma, gastrointestinal strom
  • PDPKl related to cancer and diabetes
  • PBK (including PBK ⁇ , PBKft PBK ⁇ and PI3K ⁇ ), related to inflammatory disease, including asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchitis emphysema, eosmophiha, lung fibrosis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, sepsis, septic shock, inflammatory myopathies, meningitis, encephalitis, lac ⁇ mal parotid gland syndrome, acute respiratory distress syndrome and pancreatitis, graft vs host disease, allergies, including allergic rhinitis, type I hypersensitivity reactions, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, and eczema, cardiovascular disease, including atherosclerosis, pulmonary hypertension, deep venous thrombosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, myocardial contractility disorders, ischemia, thromoemolism, pulmonary embolism, acute arterial ischemia, peripheral thro
  • Piml related to cancers such as hematopoietic (e g acute myeloid and acute lymphoid leukemias) and prostate cancers, and non-Hodgkm's lymphomas,
  • Pim2 related to lymphomas
  • Pim3 related to hepatocellular carcinoma
  • PKC alpha related to pituitary tumors and prefrontal cortical dysfunction such as distractibility. impaired judgment, impulsivity, and thought disorder, also may be used to sensitize chemotherapy in breast, colon, and non small cell lung cancers
  • PKC beta related to diabetic retinopathy
  • PKC-theta related to insulin resistance, T-cell lymphoma
  • PIk 1 related to cancers (e.g. lymphoma of the thyroid, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, colorectal cancers, leukcmias and melanoma), also useful as sensitizer in chemotherapy
  • Pyk2 related to inflammation (e.g.
  • osteoporosis polycystic kidney disease, rheumatoid arthiritis and inflammatory bowel disease
  • CNS disease e.g. Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease
  • stroke and cancers e.g. gliomas, breast cancer, and pancreatic cancer
  • Ret related to cancer of the thyroid, neuroblastoma, familial medullary thyroid carcinoma
  • FM f C multiple endocrine neoplasia type HA and HB
  • MEN2A multiple endocrine neoplasia type HA and HB
  • neurodegenerative disorders e.g. Hirschsprung's disease, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • ROCK ROCK
  • cancers e.g. ovarian cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic cancer
  • ocular disease e.g.
  • glaucoma cardiac hypertrophy, improved renal perfusion, transplant rejection, and acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • Ron related to cancer and inflammation
  • Src related to cancer and osteoporosis
  • Stk6 related to gastric, bladder, breast, lung, CNS, ovarian, kidney, colon, prostate, pancreas, and cervical cancers, melanoma, leukemia, and neuroblastoma
  • Syk related to lymphomas (e.g. mantle cell lymphoma)
  • TEC related to sepsis, septic shock, inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn's disease, irritable bowel disease (IBD), and ulcerative colitis
  • IBD irritable bowel disease
  • Tic2 Tic2 (TEK), related to cancer, arthritis (e.g. rheumatoid arthritis), and atherosclerosis
  • TrkA related to pain (e.g. chronic pain, neuropathic pain), cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer), allergic disorders (e.g. asthma), arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration and psoriasis
  • TrkB related to obesity, hyperphagia, developmental delays, cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, Wilms tumors, neuroblastoma, pancreatic cancer), various neuropathies (eg, stroke, multiple sclerosis, transverse myelitis, and encephalitis), and diabetes.
  • Zap70 related to AIDS, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, atherosclerosis, rejection of transplanted organs or tissues, allograft rejection including acute and chronic allograft rejection, graft versus host disease, rhcumathoid arthritis, psoriasis, systemic sclerosis, atopic dermatitis, cczematous dermatitis, alopecia, and inflammation of the nasal mucus membrane, including all forms of rhinitis,
  • hydrogen includes for example 1 H, 2 H, 3 H; carbon includes for example 1 1 C, ' 2 C, 13 C, 14 C; oxygen includes for example 16 O, 17 O, 1 S O; nitrogen includes for example 13 N, 14 N, 15 N; sulfur includes for example 32 S, 33 S, 34 S, 35 S, 36 S, 37 S, 38 S; fluoro includes for example 17 F, 18 F, '"F; chloro includes for example 35 Cl, 36 Cl. 37 Cl, 38 Cl, 39 Cl; and the like.
  • Halogen refer to all halogens, that is, chloro (Cl), fluoro (F), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).
  • “Thiol” refers to the group -SH
  • “Lower alkyl” alone or in combination means an alkane-derived radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) that includes a straight chain alkyl or branched alkyl.
  • the straight chain or branched lower alkyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound.
  • a lower alkyl is a straight or branched alkyl group containing from 1-6, 1-4, or 1-2, carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, and the like.
  • a “substituted lower alkyl” denotes lower alkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(II)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)
  • fluoro substituted lower alkyl denotes a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, such as perfluoroalkyl, where preferably the lower alkyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • “Lower alkenyl” alone or in combination means a straight or branched hydrocarbon containing 2-6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) and at least one, preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2, most preferably one, carbon to carbon double bond. Carbon to carbon double bonds may be either contained within a straight chain or branched portion.
  • the straight chain or branched lower alkenyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound. Examples of lower alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, and the like.
  • a “substituted lower alkenyl” denotes lower alkenyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-
  • substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • fluoro substituted lower alkenyl denotes a lower alkenyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkenyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3. 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • “Lower alkynyl” alone or in combination means a straight or branched hydrocarbon containing 2-6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) containing at least one, preferably one, carbon to carbon triple bond.
  • the straight chain or branched lower alkynyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound
  • alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and the like.
  • a “substituted lower alkynyl” denotes lower alkynyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NII 2 , -C(O)-N(II)-OII, -C(S)-N(II)-OII, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-S(O) 2 -
  • fluoro substituted lower alkynyl denotes a lower alkynyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkynyl is substituted with 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
  • Cycloalkyl refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring systems of 3-10, also 3-8, more preferably 3-6, ring members per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and the like.
  • Cycloalkylene is a divalent cycloalkyl
  • a “substituted cycloalkyl” is a cycloalkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NII 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 .
  • Heterocycloalkyl refers to a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 atoms in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the ring are replaced by heteroatoms of O, S or N, and are optionally fused with benzo or heteroaryl of 5-6 ring members. Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ⁇ ng nitrogen. Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include compounds in which a ring carbon may be oxo substituted, i.e.
  • the ring carbon is a carbonyl group, such as lactones and lactams.
  • the point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl ring is at a carbon or nitrogen atom such that a stable ring is retained.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, morpholino, tctrahydrofuranyl, dihydropyridinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperazinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, and dihydroindolyl.
  • Helerocycloalkylene is a divalent heterocycloalkyl
  • a "substituted heterocycloalkyl” is a heterocycloalkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3. 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents.
  • substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OII, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(NH)-NH 2 , -O-R 0 , -S-R 0 , -0-C(O)-R 0 , -0-C(S)-R", -C(O)-R
  • Aryl alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system containing aromatic hydrocarbons such as phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally fused with a cycloalkyl of preferably 5-7, more preferably 5-6, ring members.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as phenyl or naphthyl
  • Arylene is a divalent aryl
  • a "substituted aryl” is an aryl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 .
  • substituted arylene is a divalent substituted aryl. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • Heteroaryl alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing 5 or 6 ring atoms, or a bicyclic aromatic group having 8 to 10 atoms, containing one or more, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1 -2, heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen. A carbon or nitrogen atom is the point of attachment of the heteroaryl ring structure such that a stable compound is provided.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinaoxalyl, mdolizinyl, benzo[b]thienyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, furanyl, benzofuryl. and indolyl.
  • Nitrogen containing heteroaryl refers to heteroaryl wherein any heteroatoms arc N.
  • Heteroarylene is a divalent heteroaryl.
  • a “substituted heteroaryl” is a heteroaryl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OII, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 ,
  • R 0 , R p , R c . R d , R c , R f and R g as used in the description of optional substituents for alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are defined as follows:
  • each R 0 , R p , and R c are independently selected from the group consisting of R d , R e , R f , and R B , or R r and R c combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing hcteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO 2 , -CN, -OH, -NH 2 , -O-R 11 , -S-R u , -N(H)-R", -N(R U )-R U , -R ⁇ and -R";
  • each R ri is independently lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN. -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 .
  • each R e is independently lower alkenyl, wherein lower alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1. 2 or 3 substituents selected trom the group consisting of fluoio, -OH, -NII 2 , -NO 2 .
  • each R f is independently lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected trom the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OII, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 .
  • each R £ is independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S
  • R k , R m , and R n at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of R h , R 1 , and R J , or R m and R n combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO 2 , -CN, -OH, -NH 2 , 0-R", -S-R 11 , -N(H)-R", -N(R U )-R U , -R ⁇ and -R y ;
  • each R is independently lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(II)-C(S)-NH 2 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(S)-NH 2 , -S(O)-NII 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-C(S)-NH 2 , -N(H)-S(O) 2 -NH 2
  • each R J is independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaiyl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and lieter ⁇ aryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH,
  • each R r , R s , and R 1 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, C 3 _ 6 alkenyl, C 3 ⁇ alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl.
  • lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of ⁇ R y , fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein C 3 _ 6 alkenyl or Ci_ h alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of -R y , fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
  • each R u is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, Cischreib alkenyl, C 3 e alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of — R y , fluoro, -Oil, -NII 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo and cycloalkylamino, and wherein Ci b alkenyl or C 3 6 alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of -R y , fluoro, -OH, -NII 2
  • each R v is selected from the gioup consisting of lowei alkyl, lowei alkenyl and lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of R ⁇ fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylaimno, and wherein lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of -R ⁇ fluoro, -OH, -NH 2 , low er alkyl, Quoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy
  • each R y is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
  • all occurrences of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, or optionally substituted lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -NO 2 , -CN, -O-R la , -S-R la , -N(R l a )-R l a , -0-C(O)-R 1 ", -O-C(S)-R la , -C(O)-R la , -C(O)-R 1 a , -C(O)-O-R l a , -C(S)-O-R 18 , -C(O)-N(R l a )-R Ia , -C(S)-N(R l a )-R la , -S(O) 2 -N(R la ,
  • all occurrences of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, or optionally substituted lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -O-R l a , -S-R la , -N(R l a )-R la , -C(O)-R 13 , -C(S)-R Ia , -C(O)-O-R Ia , -C(O)-N(R 1 ⁇ )-R 1 ⁇ -C(S)-N(R l a )-R l a , -S(O) 2 -N(R 1 O-R 1 ", -N(R la )-C(0)-R la , -N(R l a )-C(S)-R l d , -
  • “Lower alkoxy” denotes the group -OR Z , where R z is lower alkyl.
  • “Substituted lower alkoxy” denotes lower alkoxy in which R z is lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I, including descriptions of substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • substitution of lower alkoxy is with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents.
  • fluoro substituted lower alkoxy denotes lower alkoxy in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkoxy is substituted with 1. 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms, It is understood that substitutions on alkoxy are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
  • Lower alkylthio denotes the group -SR aa where R aa is lower alkyl
  • Substituted lower alkylthio denotes lower dlkylthio in which R M is lower alky] substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the dcscnption of compounds of formula 1.
  • substitution of lower alkvlthio is with 1, 2 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituenls
  • substituents also 1 , 2, or 3 substituenls
  • 'fluoro substituted low ei alkylthio * denotes lower alkylthio in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms where prefcrablv the lower alkylthio is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms
  • substitutions on alkylthio are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
  • Amino or "amine” denotes the group -NH 2
  • Mono-alkylamino denotes the group -NHR bb where R bb is lower alkyl
  • Di-alkylamino denotes the group -NR bb R cc where R bb and R cc are independently lower alkyl
  • Cycloalkylamino denotes the group -NR ⁇ i R Le , where R dd and R ec combine with the nitrogen to form a 5- ⁇ membered heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycloalkyl may contain an additional heteroatom within the ⁇ ng, such as O, N, or S, and may also be further substituted with lower alkyl
  • Examples of 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, pipe ⁇ dine, piperazine, 4-methylpiperazine, morphohne, and thiomorpholine Il is understood that when mono-alkylammo, di-al
  • solid form refers to a solid preparation (i e a preparation that is neither gas nor liquid) of a pharmaceutically active compound that is suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes
  • the solid form includes any complex, such as a salt, co-crystal or an amorphous complex, as well as any polymorph of the compound
  • the solid form mav be substantially crystalline, semi-crystalline or substantially amorphous
  • the solid form may be administered directly or used in the preparation of a suitable composition having improved pharmaceutical properties
  • the solid form may be used in a formulation comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient
  • substantially crystalline ' material embraces material which has greater than about 90% crystalhnit>, and "crystalline" material embraces mate ⁇ al which has greater than about 98% crystallinity
  • substantially amorphous mate ⁇ al embraces material which has no more than about 10% crystallinity, and "amorphous" mate ⁇ al embraces mate ⁇ al which has no more than about 2% crystallinity
  • a mixture of solid forms of a compound may be prepared, for example, a mixture of amorphous and crystalline solid forms, e g to provide a "semi-crystallme” solid form
  • a “semi-crystalline” solid form may be prepared by methods known in the art for example by mixing an amorphous solid form with a crystalline solid fo ⁇ n in the desned ratio
  • a compound mixed with acid or base forms an amorphous complex
  • a semi- crystalhne solid can be prepared employing an amount of compound component in excess of the stoichiometry of the compound and acid or base in the
  • the term "complex” refers to a combination of a pharmaceutically acti ⁇ e compound and an additional molecular species that forms or produces a new chemical species in a solid form
  • the complex may be a salt, i e where the additional molecular species pro ⁇ ides an acid/base counter ion to an acid/base group of the compound resulting in an acid base interaction that fo ⁇ ns a typical salt While such salt forms are typically substantially crystalline the ⁇ can also be partially crystalline, substantially amorphous, or amorphous forms
  • the additional molecular species, in combination with the pharmaceutically act ⁇ e compound forms a non-salt co-crystal, i e the compound and molecular species do not interact by of a typical acid base interaction, but still fo ⁇ n a substantially crystalline structure
  • Co-crystals may also be formed from a salt of the compound and an additional molecular species
  • the complex is a substantially amorphous complex, which may contain salt
  • the term "stoichiometry" refers to the molar ratio of two or more reactants that combine to form a complex, for example, the molar ratio of acid or base to compound that form an amorphous complex
  • a l l mixture of acid or base with compound (i e 1 mole acid or base per mole of compound) resulting in an amorphous solid form has a l l stoichiometry
  • composition refers to a pharmaceutical preparation suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes that contains at least one pharmaceutically active compound, including any solid form thereof
  • the composition may include at least one pharmaceutically acceptable component to provide an improved formulation of the compound, such as a suitable carrier or excipient
  • pharmaceutically acceptable indicates that the indicated material does not have properties that would cause a reasonably prudent medical practitioner to a ⁇ oid administration of the material to a patient, taking into consideration the disease or conditions to be treated and the respective route of administration For example, it is commonly required that such a material be essentially sterile, e g for mjectibles
  • the term “therapeutically effective " ' or “effective amount” indicates that the materials or amount of material is effective to pre ⁇ ent alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease or medical condition, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated [0066]
  • the terms “synergistically effective” or “synergistic effect” indicate that two or more compounds that are therapeutically effective, when used in combination, provide improved therapeutic effects greater than the additive effect that would be expected based on the effect of each compound used by itself
  • the terms> “greater affinity” and “selective” indicates that the compound binds more tightly than a reference compound, or than the same compound in a reference condition, J e , with a lower dissociation constant
  • the greater affinity is at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 50, 100, 200, 400, 500, 1000, or 10,000-fold greater affinity
  • the term ''synthesizing and like terms means chemical synthesis from one or more precursor materials
  • enzymes can be assayed based on their ability to act upon a detectable substrate
  • a compound or hgand can be assayed based on its ability to bind to a particular target molecule or molecules
  • the term “modulating” or “modulate” refers to an effect of altering a biological activity, especially a biological activity associated with a particular biomolecule such as a protein kinase
  • a biological activity associated with a particular biomolecule such as a protein kinase
  • an agonist or antagonist of a particular biomolecule modulates the activity of that biomolecule, e g , an enzyme, by either increasing (e g agonist, activator), or decreasing (e g antagonist, inhibitor) the activity of the biomolecule, such as an enzyme
  • Such activity is typically indicated in terms of an inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) or excitation concentration (EC 30 ) of the compound for an inhibitor or activator, respectively with respect to, for example, an enzyme
  • the term "'contacting' means that the compound(s) are caused to be in sufficient proximity to a particulai molecule, complex, cell, tissue, organism, or other specified material that potential binding interactions and/or chemical reaction betw een the compound and other specified material can occur [0072]
  • the present invention concerns compounds of Formula I.
  • the compounds are modulators ot at least one of the kinases selected from the group consisting of AbI, ⁇ ktl, Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl , c-Raf-1 , Csk, EGFR, EphAl , EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2. Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2. FGFR3, FGFR4, Fltl , Flt3, Flt4, Fms. Frk, Fyn.
  • Protein kinases play key roles in propagating biochemical signals in diverse biological pathways More than 500 kinases have been descnbed, and specific kinases have been implicated m a wide range of diseases or conditions (i e , indications), including for example without limitation, cancer, cardiovascular disease, inflammatory disease, neurological disease, and other diseases As such, kinases represent important control points for small molecule therapeutic intervention
  • Specific target protein kinases contemplated by the present invention are descnbed in the art, including without limitation, protein kinases as described in US Patent Application Serial number 1 1 '473 347 (see also, PCT publication WO2007002433), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, including all specifications, figures, and tables, and for all purposes, as well as the following
  • A-Raf; Target kinase A-Raf (i e , v-raf murine sarcoma 361 1 viral oncogene homolog 1) is a 67 6 kDa serme/thieonme kinase encoded by chromosome XpI 1 4-pl 1 2 (symbol ARAF)
  • the matuie protein comprises RBD (i c , Ras binding domain) and phorbol-ester/DAG-type zinc finger domain and is involved in the transduction of mitogenic signals from the cell membrane to the nucleus
  • A-Raf inhibitors may be useful in treating neurologic diseases such as mulii-infarct dementia, head mjurv, spinal Lord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson ' s disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid
  • B-Raf Target kinase
  • B-Raf (i e , v-raf murine sarcoma ⁇ iral oncogene homolog B l) is a 84 4 kDa se ⁇ ne/threomne kinase encoded by chromosome 7q34 (symbol BRAF)
  • the mature protein comp ⁇ ses RBD (i e , Ras binding domain), Cl (i e protein kinase C conserved region 1) and STK (i e , serine/threonine kinase) domains
  • B-Raf is involved in the transduction of mitogenic signals from the cell membrane to the nucleus and may play a role in the postsynaptic responses of hippocampal neurons ⁇ s such, genes of the RAF family encode kinases that are regulated by Ras and mediate cellular responses to growth signals
  • B-Raf kinase is a key component of the RAS->Raf-> MEK->ERK/M ⁇ P kinase signaling pathway, which plays a fundamental role m the regulation of cell growth, division and proliferation, and, when constitutrv ely activated, causes tumongenesis
  • the B-type, or B-Raf is the strongest activator of the downstream MAP kinase signaling.
  • the BRAF gene is frequently mutated in a variety of human tumors, especially in malignant melanoma and colon carcinoma.
  • the most common reported mutation was a missense thymine (T) to adenine (A) transversion at nucleotide 1796 (T 1796 A; amino acid change in the B-Raf protein is Val ⁇ 600> to Glu ⁇ 600> ) observed in 80% of malignant melanoma tumors.
  • T 1796 A amino acid change in the B-Raf protein is Val ⁇ 600> to Glu ⁇ 600>
  • Functional analysis reveals that this transversion is the only detected mutation that causes constitutive activation of B- Raf kinase activity, independent of RAS activation, by converting B-Raf into a dominant transforming protein.
  • Niihori et al. report that in 43 individuals with cardio-facio-cutan ⁇ ous (CFC) syndrome, they identified two heterozygous KRAS mutations in three individuals and eight BRAF mutations in 16 individuals, suggesting that dysregulation of the RAS-RAF-ERK pathway is a common molecular basis for the three related disorders (Niihori et al., Nat Genet. 2006, 38 (3): 294-6).
  • c-Raf-1 Target kinase c-Raf-1 (i.e., v-raf murine sarcoma viral oncogene homolog 1) is a 73.0 kDa STK encoded by chromosome 3p25 (symbol: RAFl).
  • c-Raf- 1 can be targeted to to the mitochondria by BCL2 (i.e., oncogene B-cell leukemia 2) which is a regulator of apoptotic cell death.
  • BCL2 i.e., oncogene B-cell leukemia 2
  • Active c-Raf-1 improves BCL2-mediated resistance to apoptosis, and c-Raf-1 phosphorylates B ⁇ D (i.e., BCL2-binding protein).
  • c-Raf- 1 is implicated in carcinomas, including colorectal, ovarian, lung and renal cell carcinoma. C-Raf- 1 is also implicated as an important mediator of tumor angiogenesis (Hood, J.D. et al., 2002, Science 296, 2404). C-Raf- 1 inhibitors may also be useful for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndromes (Crump, Curr Pha ⁇ n Des 2002, 8(25) 2243-8). Raf-1 activators may be useful as treatment for neuroendocrine tumors, such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma (Kunnimalaiyaan et al..
  • Raf inhibitors may be useful in treating ⁇ -Raf- mediated, B-Raf-mediated or c-Raf- 1 -mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of neurologic diseases, including, but not limited to, multi-infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian) lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplasia syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendocrine tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer,
  • neurologic diseases including, but not limited to, multi-infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, ne
  • PI3 kinase family Phosphomositide 3-kinases (PI3K) are a family of enzymes that phosphor), late phosphotidyhnositol
  • PIP3 is generated from phosphatidyhnositol 4,5-diphosphate (PIP2) by ATP dependent phosphorylation at the 3-position of the inositol nng
  • PIP3 is generated from phosphatidyhnositol 4,5-diphosphate (PIP2) by ATP dependent phosphorylation at the 3-position of the inositol nng
  • This reaction is catalyzed by the PI3-kinase family of lipid kinases
  • the PI3K family includes three main classes with va ⁇ ed substrate specificity Class I, in addition to phosphorylating PT, also phosphoiylates PT(4)P and PI(4,5)P2 Class II phosphorylates PI and PI(4)P Class III phosphorylatcs only
  • plO l regulatory subumts and pi 10 7 catalytic subumts comprise type IB PI3K
  • plO l regulatory subumts and pi 10 7 catalytic subumts comprise type IB PI3K
  • These sub classes are typically rcfercd to as PB Ka, PBK 1 S, PBK ⁇ and PBK ⁇ based on the corresponding catalytic subunit
  • the pi 1OQ: and pi 10/3 are constitutively expressed in all cell types, while pi 1Oo is expressed mainly in leukocytes and some epithelial cells, and pi 107 expression is limited to leukocytes
  • Dysregulation of the Type 1 PB-kinases is a frequent event in a va ⁇ ety of human diseases F01 example, PB kmase- ⁇ is frequently mutated in breast, colorectal, and many other cancer
  • PB kinases are targets foi tumor therapy, as the pathway is regulated by RAS, and is constitutively activated in a va ⁇ ety of human tumors
  • somatic mutations that activate PBK ⁇ have been identified, most frequently in the helical domain (E545K and E542K) and kinase domain (H1047R) of pi 1Oa (e g Engelman et al , Nature medicine 2008, 14(12) 1351- 1355)
  • inhibitors of PBK may be used m the treatment of a va ⁇ ety of cancers, including, but not limited to, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, cndometnal cancer, gast ⁇ c carcinomas, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, small and non-small cell lung cancer, thyroid carcinoma, lymphomas, multiple myelomas, leukemias (e g acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia),
  • PB kinase inhibitors are usefull in treating a variety of other diseases, including, but not limited to inflammatory disease, including, but not limited to, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchitis, emphysema, eosinophiha, lung fibrosis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, sepsis, septic shock, inflammatory myopathics, meningitis., encephalitis, lacrimal parotid gland syndiome, acute iespii atory distress syndrome and pancreatitis, graft vs host disease, allergies, including, but not limited to, allergic rhinitis, type I hypersensitivity reactions, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, and eczema, cardiovascular disease, including, but not limited to, atherosclerosis, pulmonary hypertension, deep venous thrombosis, stroke myocardial infarction, myocardial contractility
  • mTQR The mammalian target of rapamycm (ml OR) is a serine/ threonine protein kinase involved m the regulation of cell growth and proliferation, including the regulation of response of tumor cells to nutnents and growth factors Inhibitors of mTOR arc effective m treating a variety of tumors, including, but not limited to, neuronal tumors, breast cancer, prostate cancer, acute myelogenous leukemia, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer and myeloma
  • this son of assay can be formatted either in a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRFT) format, or using an AlphaScreen (amplified /ummescent/jroximity ⁇ omogeneous assay) format by varying the donor and acceptor reagents that arc attached to streptavidm or the phosphor-specific antibody
  • FRFT fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • AlphaScreen amplified /ummescent/jroximity ⁇ omogeneous assay
  • invention compounds may exist in a number of diffeient forms or derivatives, all within the scope of the present invention
  • Alternative forms or dc ⁇ vatives include, for example, (a) prodrugs, and active metabolites (b) tautomers, isomers (including stereoisomers and regioisomers), and racemic mixtures (c) pharmaceutically acceptable salts and (d) solid forms, including different crystal forms, polymorphic or amorphous solids, including hydrates and solvates thereof, and other forms
  • the invention also includes prodrugs (generally pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs), active metabolic dc ⁇ vatives (active metabolites), and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
  • Prodrugs are compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which, when metabolized under physiological conditions or when converted by solvolysis, yield the desired active compound
  • Prodrugs include, without limitation, esters, amides, carbamates, carbonates, ureides, solvates, or hydrates of the active compound
  • the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide one or more advantageous handling, administration, and/or metabolic properties
  • some prodrugs are esters of the active compound, during metabolysis, the ester group is cleaved to yield the active drag
  • Fsters include, for example, esters of a carboxyhc acid group, or S-acyl or O-acyl derivatives of thiol, alcohol, or phenol groups
  • a common example is an alkyl ester of a carboxyhc acid
  • Prodrugs may also include variants wherein an -TvH group of the compound has undergone acylation, such as the 1 -position of the pyra
  • prodrugs can be conceptually drvided into two non-exclusive catego ⁇ es, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs
  • bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds that are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding acti ⁇ e drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis
  • Both the acti ⁇ e drug fo ⁇ n and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity
  • the formation of active drug compound involves a metabolic process or reaction that is one of the following types
  • Oxidative reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as oxidation of alcohol, carbonyl, and acid functionalities, hydroxylation of aliphatic carbons, hydroxy lation of alicyclic carbon atoms, oxidation of aromatic carbon atoms, oxidation of carbon- carbon double bonds, oxidation of nitrogen-containing functional groups, oxidation of silicon, phosphorus, arsenic, and sulfur, oxidative N-dcalkylation, oxidative O- and S-dealkylation, oxidative deamination, as well as other oxidative reactions
  • Reductive reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as reduction of carbonyl functionahtites, reduction of alcohol functionalities and carbon-carbon double bonds, reduction of nitrogen-containing functional groups, and other reduction reactions
  • Reactions without change in the oxidation state are exemplified without limitation to reactions such as hydrolysis of esters and ethers, hydro lytic cleavage of carbon-nitrogen single bonds, hydrolytic cleavage of non-aromatic heterocycles, hydration and dehydration at multiple bonds, new atomic linkages resulting from dehydration reactions, hydrolytic dehalogenation, removal of hydrogen hahde molecule, and other such reactions
  • Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, c g that improves uptake and/ or localized delivery to a site(s) of action Desirably for such a earner prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less actn e than the drug compound, the prodrug and any release transport moiety are acceptably non-toxic
  • the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake, typicall ⁇ the release of the transport moiety should be rapid
  • Such earner prodrugs are often advantageous for orally administered drugs
  • the transport moiety provides targeted delivery of the drug, for
  • metabolites are pharmacologically active compounds or compounds that further metabolize to pharmacologically active compounds that are derivatives resulting from metabolic processes in the body of a subject
  • active metabolites are such pharmacologically active derivative compounds
  • the prodrug compound is generally inactive or of lower activity than the metabolic product
  • the parent compound may be either an activ e compound or may be an inactive prodrug
  • one or more alkoxy groups can be metabolized to hydroxyl groups while retaining pharmacologic activity and/or carboxyl groups can be este ⁇ fied e g , glucuronidation
  • Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as those desc ⁇ bed herein See, e g , Bertolmi et al 1997, J Med Chem , 40 2011-2016, Shan et al , 1997, J Pharm Sci 86(7) 756-757, Bagshawe, 1995, D ⁇ ig Dev Res , 34 220-230 Wermuth, mpra
  • stereoisomers may exist as stereoisomers, i e ha ⁇ mg the same atomic connectivity of covalently bonded atoms yet differing in the spatial o ⁇ entation of the atoms
  • compounds may be optical stereoisomers, which contain one or more chiral centers, and therefore, may exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms (e g enantiomers or diastereomers)
  • stereoisomers include geometric isomers, such as cis- or trans- o ⁇ entation of substituents on adjacent carbons of a double bond All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof are intended to be wilhin the scope of the piesent invention Unless specified to the contrary, all such steroisome ⁇ c forms are included within
  • a chiral compound of the present invention is in a form that contains at least 80% of a single isomer (60% enantiomeric excess (“e e ”) or diasteieomenc excess (“d e ”)), or at least 85% (70% e e or d e ), 90% (80% e e or d e ), 95% (90% e e or d e ), 97 5% (95% e or d e ), or 99% (98% e e or d e )
  • an optically pure compound having one chiral center is one that consists essentially of one of the two possible enantiomers (i e is enantiome ⁇ cally pure) and an optically pure compound more than one chiral center i ⁇ one that is.
  • the compound is present in optically pure form, such optically pure form being prepared and/or isolated by methods known in the art (e g by recrystalhzation techniques, chiral synthetic techniques (including synthesis from optically pure starting materials), and chromatographic separation using a chiral column.
  • compounds of Formula I can be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or can be formulated as pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Contemplated pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, without limitation, mono, bis, tris, tetrakis, and so on.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are non-toxic in the amounts and concentrations at which they are administered. The preparation of such salts can facilitate the pharmacological use by altering the physical characteristics of a compound without preventing it from exerting its physiological effect. Useful alterations in physical properties include lowering the melting point to facilitate transmucosal administration and increasing the solubility to facilitate administering higher concentrations of the drug.
  • a compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, and accordingly can react with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • salts include acid addition salts such as those containing chloride, bromide, iodide, hydrochloride, acetate, phcnylacctatc, acrylate, ascorbate, aspartate, bcnzoate, 2-phenoxybenzoate, 2-acetoxybenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, hydroxyberuzoate, methoxybenzoate, methylbenzoate, bicarbonate, butyne-1,4 dioate, hexyne-l,6-dioate, caproate, caprylate, chlorobenzoate, cinnamate, citrate, decanoate, fo ⁇ nate, fumarate, glycolate, gluconate, glucarate, glucuronate, glucose-6-phosphate, glutamate, heptanoate, hexanoate, isethionate, isobutyrate, gamma-hydroxybutyratc, phcnyl
  • compositions such as carboxy he acid or phenol
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include basic addition salts such as those containing benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, ethanolamine, diethanolamme, t ⁇ ethanolamme.
  • salts can be prepared by standard techniques For example, the free-base form of a compound can be dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as an aqueous or aqueous- alcohol solution containing the appropriate acid and then isolated by evaporating the solution In another example, a salt can be prepared by reacting the free base and acid in an organic solvent If the particular compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an approp ⁇ ate inorganic or organic base
  • the compounds and salts may exist in different crystal or polymorphic forms, or may be formulated as co-crystals, or may be in an amorphous form or may be any combination thereof (e g partially crystalline, partially amorphous, or mixtures of polymorphs) all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae
  • salts are formed bv acid/ base addition, i e a free base or free acid of the compound of interest forms an acid/base reaction with a corresponding addition base or addition acid, respectn ely, resulting in an ionic charge interaction co-crystals are a new chemical species that is formed between neutral compounds, resulting in the compound and an additional molecular species in the same crystal structuie
  • compounds of the invention are complexed with an acid or a base, including base addition salts such as ammonium, diethylamine. ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, diethanolamme, t-butylamine, piperazine, meglumine, acid addition salts, such as acetate, acetylsalicylate, besylate, camsylate, citrate, formate, fumarate, glutarate, hydrochlorate, maleatc, mesylate, nitrate, oxalate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate and tosylate, and amino acids such as alanine, arginine, asparagme, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, se ⁇ ne, threonine
  • base addition salts such
  • the amorphous form of the complex is facilitated by additional processing, such as by spray-drying, mechanochemical methods such as roller compaction, or microwave irradiation of the parent compound mixed with the acid or base
  • additional processing such as by spray-drying, mechanochemical methods such as roller compaction, or microwave irradiation of the parent compound mixed with the acid or base
  • additional processing such as hot melt extrusion
  • the amorphous complex is readily friable, which provides improved compression for loading of the solid into capsule or tablet form
  • the formulae are intended to cover hydrated or solvated as well as unhydrated or unsolvated forms of the identified structures
  • the indicated compounds include both hydrated and non-hydrated forms.
  • Other examples of solvates include the structures in combination with a suitable solvent, such as isopropanol, elhanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine
  • the methods and compounds will typically be used in therapy for human subjects, However, they may also be used to treat similar or identical indications in other animal subjects
  • Compounds of Formula I can be administered by different routes, including injection (i c parenteral, including intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, and intramuscular), oral, transdermal, transmucosal, rectal, or inhalant Such dosage forms should allow the compound to reach target cells.
  • Other factors are well known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and dosage forms thai retard the compound or composition from exerting its effects. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st edition, Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, P ⁇ , 2005 (hereby incorporated by reference herein).
  • compositions will comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, such as fillers, binders, disintegrants, glidants, lubricants, complexing agents, solubilizers, and surfactants, which may be chosen to facilitate administration of the compound by a particular route.
  • carriers include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars such as lactose, glucose, or sucrose, types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, lipids, liposomes, nanoparticles, and the like.
  • Carriers also include physiologically compatible liquids as solvents or for suspensions, including, for example, sterile solutions of water for injection (WFI), saline solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, vegetable oils, mineral oils, animal oils, polyethylene glycols, liquid paraffin, and the like.
  • Excipients may also include, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide, silica gel, talc, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, sodium aluminosilieate, magnesium trisilicatc, powdered cellulose, macrocrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium benzoate.
  • PEG 4000-8000 polyoxyethylene glycol
  • poloxamers povidone, crospovidone, croscarmellose sodium
  • alginic acid casein
  • methacrylic acid divinylben7ene copolymer sodium docusate
  • cyclodextrins e.g, 2- hydroxypropyl-. delta. -cyclodextrin
  • polysorbatcs e.g.
  • polysorbate 80 cetrimide
  • TPGS d-alpha- tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate
  • magnesium lauryl sulfate sodium lauryl sulfate
  • polyethylene glycol ethers di-fatty acid ester of polyethylene glycols
  • a polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatly acid ester e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester T ween ®
  • polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters sorbitan fatty acid ester, e.g.
  • a fatty acid such as oleic, stearic or palmitic acid
  • mannitol xylitol
  • sorbitol
  • oral administration may be used.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be formulated into conventional oral dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, and concentrated drops.
  • Compounds of Formula I may be combined with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain, for example, tablets, coated tablets, hard capsules, soft capsules, solutions (e.g. aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions) and the like.
  • Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, glucose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, com starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone); oily excipients, including vegetable and animal oils, such as sunflower oil, olive oil, or codliver oil.
  • fillers such as sugars, including lactose, glucose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol
  • cellulose preparations for example, com starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP:
  • the oral dosage formulations may also contain disintegrating agents, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid, or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate; a lubricant, such as talc or magnesium stearate; a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol; a sweetening such as sucrose, fructose, lactose, or aspartame; a natural or artificial flavoring agent, such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavoring; or dye-stuffs or pigments, which may be used for identification or characterization of different doses or combinations. Also provided are dragee cores with suitable coatings.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain, for example, gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • compositions that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin (“gelcaps”), as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • injection parenteral administration
  • Compounds of Formula I for injection may be formulated in sterile liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers, or solutions, such as saline solution, Hank's solution, or Ringer's solution Dispersions may also be prepared in non-aqueous solutions, such as glycerol, propylene glycol, ethanol, liquid polyethylene glycols, t ⁇ acetm, and vegetable oils Solutions may also contain a preservative, such as methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like
  • the compounds may be formulated in solid form, including, for example, lyophihzed forms, and redissolvcd or suspended p ⁇ or to use
  • transmucosal, topical or transdermal administration may be used in such formulations of compounds of Formula I.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, tor example, tor transmucosal administration, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives
  • detergents may be used to facilitate permeation
  • Transmucosal administration for example, may be through nasal sprays or supposito ⁇ es (rectal or vaginal)
  • Compositions of compounds of Formula I for topical administration may be formulated as oils, creams, lotions, ointments, and the like by choice of appropriate carriers known in the art Suitable earners include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils animal fats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than C 12 )
  • earners are selected such that the activ e ingredient is soluble Emulsifiers, stabilize
  • compounds are administered as inhalants
  • Compounds of Foi inula I may be fonnulated as diy pow der or a suitable solution, suspension, or aerosol Powders and solutions may be formulated with suitable additives known in the art
  • powders may include a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch, and solutions may comprise propylene glycol, stenle water, ethanol, sodium chlonde and other additives, such as acid, alkali and buffer salts
  • Such solutions or suspensions may be administered by inhaling ⁇ ia spray, pump, atomizer, or nebulizer, and the like
  • the compounds of Fo ⁇ nula I may also be used in combination with other inhaled theiapies, foi example corticosteroids such as fluticasone prop ⁇ onatc, bcclomethasone dipropionate, triamcinolone acetonide, budesonide, and mometasone furoate, beta agonists such as albute
  • va ⁇ ous compounds to be administered can be determined by standard procedures taking into account factors such as the compound activity (in vitro, e g the compound IC 50 vs target, or in vivo activity in animal efficacy models), pharmacokinetic iesults in animal models (e g biological half-life or bioavailability), the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the disorder associated with the subject.
  • factors such as the compound activity (in vitro, e g the compound IC 50 vs target, or in vivo activity in animal efficacy models), pharmacokinetic iesults in animal models (e g biological half-life or bioavailability), the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the disorder associated with the subject.
  • a dose will be in the range of about 0 01 to 50 mg/kg, also about 0 1 to 20 mg/kg of the subject being treated Multiple doses ma) be used
  • the compounds of Fo ⁇ nula I may also be used in combination with other therapies for treating the same disease Such combination use includes administration of the compounds and one or more other therapeutics at different times, or co-administration of the compound and one or more other therapies
  • dosage may be modified for one or more of the compounds of the invention or other therapeutics used in combination, e g , reduction in the amount dosed relative to a compound or therapy used alone, by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art
  • use in combmation includes use with other therapies, drugs, medical procedures etc where the other therapy or procedure may be administered at different times (e g within a short time such as wilhm hours (e g 1 , 2, 3, 4-24 hours), or within a longer time (e g 1 -2 days, 2-4 days, 4-7 day s 1 -4 weeks)) than a compound of Formula I or at the same time as a compound of Formula I
  • Use in combination also includes use with a therapy or medical proceduie that is administered once or infrequently such as surgery, along with a compound of Formula I
  • the present invention provides for delivery of a compound of Formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by a different route of administration or by the same route of administration.
  • the use in combination for any route of administration includes delivery of a compound of Formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by the same route of administration together in any formulation, including formulations where the two compounds are chemically linked in such a way that they maintain their therapeutic activity when administered,
  • the other drug therapy may be co-administered with a compound of Formula I.
  • Use in combination by co-administration includes administration of co-formulations or formulations of chemically joined compounds, or administration of two or more compounds in separate formulations within a short time of each other (e.g. within an hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, up to 24 hours), administered by the same or different routes.
  • Co- administration of separate formulations includes coadministration by delivery via one device, for example the same inhalant device, the same syringe, etc., or administration from separate devices within a short time of each other.
  • Co -formulations of a compound of Formula I and one or more additional drug therapies delivered by the same route includes preparation of the matenals together such that they can be administered by one device, including the separate compounds combined in one formulation, or compounds that are modified such that they are chemically joined, yet still maintain their biological activity
  • Such chemically joined compounds may have a linkage that is substantially maintained in vivo, or the linkage may break down in vivo, separating the two active components.
  • the mass spectrometry result indicated for a compound may have more than one value due to the isotope distribution of an atom in the molecule, such as a compound having a bromo or chloro substituent
  • lH-Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds known in the art may be used in the preparation of starting materials for use in the synthesis of compounds described herein.
  • 5-halo-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine can be used to provide starting materials with suitable substitutions at the 5-position of the lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine, e.g. according to the following Schemes 1-IX,
  • 5-methoxy-lII-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (2) is prepared by reacting 5-bromo-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (1) with sodium hydroxide in methanol as described by Girgis, N. et.al., J. Heterocyclic. Chem. 1989, 26:317-325.
  • Compounds of Formula III are prepared by reacting compounds of Formula II with ammonium hydroxide in a suitable solvent or with ammonia in methanol The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction). Alternatively, 5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]py ⁇ dme (1) can be reacted directly by this method to provide the corresponding compounds without the protecting group.
  • Compounds of Formula IV where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl. or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared from a compound of Formula III by reaction with an activated carboxylic acid of the fo ⁇ nula R-C(O)X where X is a leaving group such as chloro (e.g benzoyl chloride) in the presence of a base (e.g.
  • R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl. optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group
  • R-NCO e.g. propylisocyanate
  • a base e.g. DlHA
  • a non-reactive solvent e.g. dichloromethane
  • Compounds of Formula VI where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl. or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared from a compound of Formula III by reaction with an isothiocyanatc of the formula R-NCS (e.g. propylisothiocyanate) in the presence of a base (e.g. DIEA) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dichloromethane). After stirring for several hours, isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula VI.
  • R-NCS e.g. propylisothiocyanate
  • a base e.g. DIEA
  • non-reactive solvent e.g. dichloromethane
  • Compounds of Formula VIII where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl. or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula II with an alcohol of Formula R-OH in the presence of a base (e.g sodium hydride) and a copper catalyst (e.g. copper bromide) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with heating (e.g. 120 0 C) for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography), provides compounds of Formula VIII. Alternatively, 5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine (1) can be reacted by this method to provide the corresponding compounds without the protecting group.
  • a base e.g sodium hydr
  • lH-Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds can be further derivahVed at the 3-position, which are used in the synthesis of compounds described herein.
  • the compounds described in Schemes I- IX, or similar compounds known in the art, may be used with or without the protecting group P, which can be readily removed by methods well known in the art.
  • the following Scheme X provides an exemplary method for preparation of useful 3-carbaldehyde derivatives.
  • Compounds of Formula XII are prepared by reacting a compound of Fo ⁇ nula XI (R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with hexamethyltetramine and acetic acid in water with heating to reflux for two hours. After cooling, the desired compound precipitates and may be collected by filtration. Step 2 — Preparation of compounds of Formula XIJI:
  • Compounds of Formula XIII, where P is a suitable protecting group are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XII with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e.g. triisopropylsilylchloride) and a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8-12 hours.
  • P-X e.g. triisopropylsilylchloride
  • a base e.g. sodium hydride
  • the desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction).
  • Compounds of Formula XVI are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XIV (Ar, L 2 , and R 1 are as defined in paragraph
  • a compound of Formula XV (R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydroturan) is then added to the reaction mixture. The reaction is typically allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes.
  • Compounds of Fo ⁇ nula XVIIa are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XVl with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. tetra n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
  • P protecting group
  • solvent e.g. tetrahydrofuran
  • Compounds of Formula XIX are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XI (R 7 , R 1 and R 4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with iodine monochlo ⁇ de in a suitable solvent (e g dichloromethane, pyridine) at room temperature for 16-24 hours
  • a suitable solvent e g dichloromethane, pyridine
  • the resulting compounds may be isolated by conventional means and reacted with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e g t ⁇ isopropylsilylchlo ⁇ de) and a base (e g sodium hydride) in a solvent (e g tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8-12 hours
  • P-X e g t ⁇ isopropylsilylchlo ⁇ de
  • a base e g sodium hydride
  • Isolation by conventional means e g extraction and silica gel column chromatography
  • Compounds of Formula XVI are prepared by reacting a compound of Fo ⁇ nula XIX with a compound of Fo ⁇ nula XX (Ar, LT, and R 1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]).
  • Compounds of Formula XIX are dissolved in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) under an inert atmosphere, and cooled to -20 0 C and a solution of an appropriate Grignard reagent (e.g. isopropylmagnesium chloride) in tetrahydrofuran is added and the reaction is stirred, coming to 0 0 C.
  • a solvent e.g. tetrahydrofuran
  • an appropriate Grignard reagent e.g. isopropylmagnesium chloride
  • a compound of Formula XVIIa and/or XVIIb in an appropriate solvent e.g. acetonitrile
  • a reducing agent e.g. trifluoroacetic acid and triethylsilane.
  • the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel column chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XVIIIb.
  • Compounds of Formula XVIIIa are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XI (R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with a compound of Fo ⁇ nula XXI (Ar, L 2 and R 1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) in the presence of a Lewis acid (e.g. aluminum trichloride) in an inert solvent (e.g. dichlorom ethane) under an inert atmosphere (e.g. argon) at room temperature or with heating up to reflux for 1 -18 hours.
  • a Lewis acid e.g. aluminum trichloride
  • an inert solvent e.g. dichlorom ethane
  • an inert atmosphere e.g. argon
  • Step J Preparation of 3-hromo- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (4): [0147] 3-Bromo- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (4) is prepared by dissolving lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine (3) in chloroform and slowly adding Br 2 in carbon tetrachloride at 0 0 C. After stirring for 1-2 hours, the reaction may be quenched in aqueous hydrochloric acid. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound 4.
  • conventional means e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography
  • Compounds of Formula XXIV are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXII with compound of Formula XXIII (Ar, Lj and R 1 are as defined in paragraph [0003J) in the presence of a base (e.g sodium hydride) and a copper catalyst (e.g. copper bromide) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with heating (e.g. 120 0 C) for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XXIV.
  • a base e.g sodium hydride
  • a copper catalyst e.g. copper bromide
  • a non-reactive solvent e.g. dimethylformamide
  • Compounds of Formula XXV are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXIV with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. fefra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
  • P protecting group
  • tetrahydrofuran an appropriate solvent
  • the desired compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography),
  • Compounds of Formula XXVII are prepared from compounds of Formula XXVI by reduction of the nitro group (e.g. hydrogen gas and palladium on carbon in methanol). The mixture is filtered and concentrated to provide compounds of Formula XXVII.
  • nitro group e.g. hydrogen gas and palladium on carbon in methanol.
  • Compounds of Formula XXIX are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXII (P is a suitable protecting group) with neat compound of Formula XXVIII (Ar, L 2 and R 1 are as defined in paragraph [0003], R'" is e.g. hydrogen, lower alkyl) with heating for several hours (e.g. 150 0 C).
  • a compound of Formula XXII may be reacted with compound of Formula XXVIII using palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig conditions (i.e. a palladium catalyst (e.g. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)), a ligand (e.g.
  • Step 2 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXX [0155] Compounds of Formula XXX are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXlX with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. /"efr ⁇ -n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tctrahydrofuran). The desired compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography).
  • Compounds of Formula XXXI arc prepared by reacting compounds of Formula XXVII (P is a suitable protecting group) with compounds of Formula XIV (Ar, L 2 and R 1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with heating for several hours (e.g. 100 0 C).
  • compounds of Formula XXVII are reacted with compounds of Formula XIV using palladium catalyzed Buchwald- Hartwig conditions (i.e. a palladium catalyst (e.g. Tris(dibenzylideneacctone)dipalladium(0)), a ligand (e.g. tri-/-butyrphosphine), and a base (e.g.
  • a palladium catalyst e.g. Tris(dibenzylideneacctone)dipalladium(0)
  • a ligand e.g. tri-/-butyrphosphine
  • a base e.g.
  • Compounds of Formula XXXII are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXXI with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. ⁇ e ⁇ ra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
  • P protecting group
  • solvent e.g. tetrahydrofuran
  • Compounds of Formula XXXIV are prepared by dissolving lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (3) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with a base (e.g. sodium hydride), followed by the addition of a symmetrical aryl disulfide of Formula XXXIIl (Ar, L 2 and R 1 arc as defined in paragraph [0003]). After stirring at room temperature for several hours, the reaction is quenched with water, followed by isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) to provide compounds of Formula XXXIV.
  • an appropriate solvent e.g. dimethylformamide
  • a base e.g. sodium hydride
  • Compounds of Formula XXXIV are prepared by reacting 3-bromo-l H-pyrazolo[3,4- bjpyridine (4) with compounds of Formula XXXV (Ar, L 2 and R 1 arc as defined in paragraph [0003]) in the presence of a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with heating for several hours (e.g. 100 °C). Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XXXIV.
  • a base e.g. sodium hydride
  • an appropriate solvent e.g. dimethylformamide
  • Compounds of Formula XXXVIa or XXXVIb are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXXIV with an oxidizing agent (e.g. meta- chloro-peroxybenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide) in an appropriate aprotic solvent (e.g. dichloromethane).
  • an oxidizing agent e.g. meta- chloro-peroxybenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide
  • an appropriate aprotic solvent e.g. dichloromethane
  • Compounds of Formula XXXVIa arc prepared using 1 equivalent of oxidizing agent, while compounds of Formula XXXVIb are prepared using 2 equivalents of oxidizing agent.
  • Isolation by conventional means e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography
  • Compounds of Formula XXXVIII (Ar, L 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XVIIIa with Lawesson's reagent, (1 ,3,2,4- dithiadiphosphetane-2,3-disulfide), in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) with heating for several hours Isolation by conventional means (e g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound of Formula XXXVIII.
  • Lawesson's reagent (1 ,3,2,4- dithiadiphosphetane-2,3-disulfide
  • an appropriate solvent e.g. tetrahydrofuran
  • Step I Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 2,4-d ⁇ fluoro-3-[hydroxy-(lH-pyrazolo[3, 4- b]pynd ⁇ n-3-yl)-methyl]-phenyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de (8) ⁇
  • reaction mixture was stirred at -5 0 C for 30 minutes, then warmed to room temperature for 1 hour
  • the reaction solution was quenched with 1 N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chlo ⁇ de in water
  • the organic layer was washed with water and b ⁇ ne, then d ⁇ ed over magnesium sulfate
  • the volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography cluting with ethyl acctatc/hexanc with 4 % acetic acid. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as an off- white solid (78 mg).
  • reaction solution was stirred at -5 0 C for 1 hour, then isopropylmagnesium chloride (0.33 mL of 2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added dropwise slowly, maintaining the temperature at less than 4 0 C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at -5 0 C for 1.5 hours.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at -5 °C for 30 minutes, then warmed to room temperature for 1 hour.
  • the reaction solution was quenched with 1 N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride in water.
  • the organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate.
  • the volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as an off-white solid. This material was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-cyano-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3- carbonyl)-2, 4-difluoro-phenyl] -amide (P-0003) :
  • the mixture was degassed by bubbling with argon and zinc powder (0.25 mg, 0.0038 mmol), l ,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.727 mg, 0.00131 mmol), zinc cyanide (2.85 mg, 0.0243 mmol), and tris(diben7;ylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (0.68 mg, 0.00066 mmol) were added at room temperature under argon. The mixture was heated at 120 3 C for 2 hours, then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride in water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate.
  • Assays for the activity of kinases including, but not limited to, Fms, Kit, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E, B-Raf V600E/T529I and c-Raf-1 are known in the art, for example as described in US Patent Publication Number US20070032519 and US Patent Application Serial number 1 1/473,347 (see also, PC T publication WO2007002433), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties including all specifications, figures, and tables, and for all purposes.
  • Compounds P-0001 and P-0003 were screened by at least one of the methods described in US Patent Application Serial number 11/473,347, or by similar methods.
  • Compound P-0001 has IC 50 of less than 10 ⁇ M in ⁇ -Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E, C-Raf, and Kdr assays
  • P-0003 has IC 50 of less than 10 ⁇ M in B-Raf, B-Raf V600E, and C-Raf assays.
  • Example 10 Efficacy of Compounds in Combination with Standard-of-Care Chemotherapeutic agents in four human cancer cell lines.
  • Compounds of the invention such as compounds of Formula I 1 in combination with a standard chemotherapeutic agent, such as 5-fluorouracil, carboplatm, dacarbayine, gefitmib oxahplatin, paclitaxel, SN-38 temo/olomide, or vinblastine, can be assessed for their effectiveness in killing human tumor cells
  • a standard chemotherapeutic agent such as 5-fluorouracil, carboplatm, dacarbayine, gefitmib oxahplatin, paclitaxel, SN-38 temo/olomide, or vinblastine.
  • Compounds of the invention demonstrate unexpectedly improved solubility and/or pharmacokinetics when compared to similarly substituted IH- Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine compounds
  • lH-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridme compounds with improved aqueous solubility may not have acceptable pharmacokinetics, assessed by measuring plasma levels in rats treated with the compounds
  • Improved solubility with improved exposure levels, as measured by area under the curve (AUC) is indicative of beneficial pharmaceutical properties of the compound, such as improved bioa ⁇ ailabihty
  • the average optical density for each wavelength in each well was graphed vs. compound concentration, and the concentration at which the curve crosses a threshold O. D. of 0,01 for each wavelength was reported as the endpoint turbidity assay result.
  • the average of the three wavelengths is used to compare turbidity of compounds.
  • Compounds are considered to have low solubility if the threshold concentration is ⁇ 31.3 ⁇ M, moderate solubility if the threshold concentration is 31.3 ⁇ M to 250 ⁇ M, and high solubility if the threshold concentration is >250 ⁇ M.
  • 5 compounds were diluted to 0.5 mg/mL each for IV dosing and 0.4 mg/mL each for PO dosing and dosed at 1 mg/kg (2mL/kg) or 2 mg/kg (5 mL/kg), respectively.
  • IV dosed animals tail vein blood samples were collected with lithium heparin anticoagulant at 5, 15, 30, and 60 minutes and 4, 8, and 24 hours post dosing each day.
  • PO dosed animals tail vein blood samples were collected with lithium heparin anticoagulant at 30 minutes, 1 , 2, 4, 8 and 24 hours post dosing each day. Samples were processed to plasma and frozen for later analysis of each compound by LC/MS/MS. Plasma levels as a function of time were plotted to assess the ⁇ UC (hr*ng/mL).
  • any of the terms “comprising”, “consisting essentially of and “'consisting of may be replaced with either of the other two terms.
  • the invention also includes another embodiment wherein one of these terms is replaced with another of these terms.
  • the terms have their established meaning.
  • one embodiment may encompass a method “comprising” a series of steps, another embodiment would encompass a method “consisting essentially of the same steps, and a third embodiment would encompass a method "consisting of the same steps.

Abstract

Compounds of Formula (I) and salts thereof, formulations thereof, conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof and uses thereof are described. In certain aspects and embodiments, the described compounds or salts thereof, formulations thereof, conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof are active on at least one Raf protein kinase. Also described are methods of use thereof to treat diseases and conditions, including diseases and conditions associated with activity of Raf protein kinases, including melanoma, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, ovarian cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, pain or polycystic kidney disease.

Description

PYRAZOLO [ 3 , 4 -B] PYRIDINES AS KINASE INHIBITORS AND THEIR
MEDICAL USE
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Application Nos. 61/163,819, filed March 26, 2009, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Disclosed are novel compounds and uses thereof. In certain embodiments disclosed compounds are kinase inhibitors.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0003] In certain aspects and embodiments disclosed herein, compounds are provided, as well as various salts thereof, formulations thereof, conjugates thereof, derivatives thereof, forms thereof and uses thereof. Also contemplated in accordance with the present invention are methods for the use of the compounds in treating diseases and conditions associated with regulation of the activity of one or more protein kinases in general, including, but not limited to, AbI, Aktl , Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, A- Raf, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl , c-Raf-1 , Csk, EGFR, EphAl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Fill , Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Frk, Fyn, Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl , mTOR, p38, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, PDPKl , PDKo, PI3K/3, PI3K6, PI3Kγ, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, PIk 1 , Pyk2, Ret, ROCKl, ROCK2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tie2, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and/or Zap70. including any mutations of these kinases. Thus, the use of compounds for therapeutic methods involving modulation of protein kinases are provided. In certain embodiments, the compounds are active on one or more Raf kinases, including A-Raf, B-Raf and/or c-Raf-1 , including any mutations thereof. In certain embodiments, the compounds are used for therapeutic methods involving modulation of one or more Raf protein kinases, including treatment of a variety of indications, including, but not limited to, melanoma, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, ovarian cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, pain and polycystic kidney disease. In some embodiments, compounds are of Formula I, Formula Ia, or Formula Ib as described below.
[0004] In a first aspect, compounds having the structure according to the following Formula I are provided:
Figure imgf000003_0001
Formula I or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or an isomer thereof, wherein: Ar is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000003_0002
wherein ^ indicates the point of attachment of Ar to Li of Formula I and " indicates the point of attachment of Ar to L; of Formula I;
Li is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R5R6)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R1)-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-. and -S(O)1-; L2 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R8K(O)-, -N(R8)-C(S)-, -N(R8)-S(O>,
-N(R8J-S(O)2-, -N(R8)-C(O)-N(R8K -N(R8)-C(S)-N(RS)-, and -N(R8)-S(O)2-N(R8)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO2, -O-R9, -S-R1 1, -N(R9)-R1U, -C(O)-R1 1, -C(S)-R", -C(O)-N(R9)-R10, -C(S)-N(R9)-R10, -C(O)-N(R13)-OR9, -C(S)-N(RI 3)-OR9, -C(O)-N(R13)-S(O)2-R" , -C(S)-N(Rn)-S(O)2-Rn , -C(O)-O-R9, -S(O)-R1 1 , -S(O)2-R1 1, -S(O)-N(R9)-R10, -S(O)2-N(R9)-R10, -S(O)2-N(RI3)-C(O)R; 1 , -S(O)2-N(RI 3)-C(S)RU, -N(R13)-C(O)-R", -N(R13)-C(S)-RΠ, -N(R13)-S(O)-RΠ, -N(R13)-S(O)2-R" , -N(R13)-C(O)-N(R9)-R10, -N(R13)-C(S)-N(R9)-R10, and -N(RI3)-S(O)2-N(R9)-R10;
R" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO2, -O-R17, -S-R19, -N(RI 7)-R18, -C(O)-R19, -C(S)-R19, -C(O)-N(Rπ)-Rl s, -C(S)-N(R17)-RI S, -C(O)-N(R20)-OR17, -C(S)-N(R20)-OR17, -C(O)-N(R20)-S(O)2-R19, -C(S)-N(R20VS(O)2-R19, -C(O)-O-R17, -S(O)-R19, -S(O)2-R19, -S(O)-N(RI7)-R18, -S(O)2-N(R17)-R18, -S(O)2-N(R20)-C(O)R19, -S(O)2-N(RZϋ)-C(S)R'9, -N(R20)-C(O)-R19, -N(R20)-C(S)-R19, -N(R20)-S(O)-R19, -N(R20)-S(O)2-R19, -N(R2^-C(O)-N(R17J-R18, -N(R20)-C(S)-N(R17)-R'*, and -N(R20)-S(O)2-N(R17)-R18;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO2, -O-R21, -S-R21, -N(R21 )-R22, -C(O)-R23, -C(S)-R23, -C(O)-N(R21)~R22, -C(S)-N(R21)-R22, -C(O)-N(R24VOR21 , -C(S)-N(R24)-C)R21, -C(O>N(R24)-S(O)2-RiJ. -C(S)-N(R24)-S(O)2-R:3, -C(O)-O-R21, -S(O)-R23, -S(O)2-R23,
Figure imgf000004_0001
-N(R24)-C(O)-R2\ -N(R24)-C(S)-R23, -N(R21)-S(O)-R23, -N(R24)-S(O)2-R2\ -N(R24)-C(O)-N(R2 I)-R22. -N(R24)-C(S)-N(R2 I)-R22, and -N(R24)-S(O)2-N(R21)-R22; R3 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -OH, -MH:, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alklylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -N(R25)-Ri6, wherein the alkyl cham(s) of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, or di-alkylamino are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di- alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; or
R and R combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NHT, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
R7, R13, R20, and R24 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heieroaryl, -C(O)-R27, -C(S)-R27, -S(O)-R27, -S(O)2-R27, -C(O)-N(H)-R27, -C(S)-N(H)-R27, and -S(O)2-N(H)-R27;
R8 at each occurrence is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di- alkylamino, and -N(R25)-R26;
R12, R14, R15, and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, -N(R28)-R29, -O-R28, and -S-R3ϋ;
R1 1, R19 and R23 are independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R9, R10, R1 ', R18, R21 and R22 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R23 and R25 at each occurrence combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membcred heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro. -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, and fluoro substituted lower alkylthio;
R27 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R28 and K29 at each occurrence are iiidependently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl; and
R30 at each occurrence is optionally substituted lower alkyl.
[0005] In a second aspect, compounds of Formula I having the structure according to the following Formula Ia are provided:
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula Ia or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or an isomer thereof, wherein: Art is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein ^ indicates the point of attachment of Ari to L3 of Formula Ia and indicates the point of attachment of Aτ| to L4 of Formula Ia;
L3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(R35R36)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R37)-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; L4 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R3S)-C(0)-, -N(R38)-C(S)-, -N(R38)-S(O)-,
-N(R3S)-S(O)2-, -N(R3S)-C(0)-N(RJSK -N(RJ5)-C(S)-N(R , 3JSi>x , and -N(R3B)-S(O)rN(R's)s R31 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R32 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R39, -S-R39, -N(R40)-R39, -N(R4U)-C(O)-R39 : -N(R40)-S(O)-R39, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R39, -C(O)-N(R40)-R39, -C(O)-O-R39, -C(O)-R39, -S(O)-N(R40)-R39, -S(O)2-N(R4ϋ)-R39. -S(O)-R39, -S(O)2-R39, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, monυ- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R32 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NII2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R41, -S-R4 ; , -N(R40)-R41 , -N(R40)-C(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R4!, -C(O)-R41, -S(O)-R41, -S(O)2-R4'', -C(O)-O-R41, -C(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)2-N(R40)-R41 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NII2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NII2, -O-R43, -S-R43, -N(R4>R43, -N(R47)-C(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)2-R43, -C(O)-N(R47)-R43, -C(O)-O-R43, -C(O)-R43, -S(O)-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)-R43, -S(O)2-R43, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyc Io alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R33 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R48, -S-R4S, -N(R47)-R48, -N(R47)-C(O)-R48, -N(R47)-S(O)-R48, -N(R47)-S(O)2-R48, -C(O)-R48, -S(O)-R48, -S(O)2-R48, -C(O)-O-R48. -C(O)-N(R47)-R48, -S(O)-N(R47)-R4S, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R48, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH. -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R49, -S-R49, -N(R5υ)-R49, -N(R5ϋ)-C(O)-R49, -N(R50)-S(O)-R49, -N(R50)-S(O)2-R49, -C(O)-N(Rs0)-R49, -C(O)-O-R49, -C(O)-R49, -S(O)-N(R50)-R49, -S(O)2-N(R^)-R49, -S(O)-R49, -S(O)2-R49, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylammo, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as Rj4 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R51, -S-R51, -N(R50)-R51. -N(R50)-C(O)-R51. -N(R5ϋ)-S(O)-R51, -N(R50)-S(O)2-R51, -C(O)-R51. -S(O)-R51, -S(O),-RM, -C(O) O-R51, -C(O)-N(R50)-^1, -S(O)-N(RU>R51, -S(O)2-N(R50)-RM, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylammo,
R 5 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, low er alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkox>, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, or
R and R combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, low er alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alk>l, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkox>, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo,
R39, R43, and R49 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, low er alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- dlkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R39, R43, or R49 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R52, -S-R52, -N(R53)-R32, -N(R53)-C(O)-R52, -N(R53)-S(O)-Rr, -N(R^)-S(O)2-R32, -C(O)-R32, -S(O)-R52, -S(O)2 R52, -C(O)-O-R3', -C(O)-N(R53)-R32 -S(O)-N(R53)-R^2, -S(O)τN(R53)-R32, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino,
R37, R38, R40, R47, Rs0, and R33, at each occurrence, are independently hvdrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alky lamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and
R41, R4S, R^ ', and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthiu, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy;
R 7 , R 4, R , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, -N(R54)-R55, -O-R54, and -S-R56;
R34 and R55 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl: and
R56 at each occurrence is optionally substituted lower alkyl,
[0006] In a third aspect, compounds of Formula I having the structure according to the following Formula Ib are provided;
Figure imgf000010_0001
Formula Ib or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or an isomer thereof, whcrem: L3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(R35R36)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R37)-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; L6 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R38)-C(O)-, -N(R3S)-C(S)-, -N(R18)-S(O)-,
-N(R3VS(O)2-, -N(R3VC(O)-N(R38)-, -N(R3S)-C(S)-N(R38)-, and -N(R38)-S(O)2-N(R38)-; R57 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R58 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2. -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH,
-S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R39, -S-R39, -N(R4ll)-R39, -N(R40)-C(O)-R39, -N(R4ϋ)-S(O)-R39, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R19, -C(O)-N(R40)-R39. -C(O)-O-R39, -C(O)-R39, -S(O)-N(R40)-R39, -S(O)2-N(R40)-R39, -S(O)-R39. -S(O)3-R39, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio. mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R'8 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R41 , -S-R41. -N(R40J-R4' , -N(R40)-C(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-R41, -S(O)-R41, -S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-O-R41 , -C(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)-N(R40)-R41 , -S(O)2-N(R4C))-R41, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R59 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R43, -S-R43, -N(R47)-R43, -N(R47)-C(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)2-R43. -C(O)-N(R47)-R4\ -C(O)-O-R43, -C(O)-R43, -S(O)-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)-R43, -S(O)2-R43, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio. mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl. and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R59 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2. -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R48, -S-R48, -N(R47)-R4\ -N(R47)-C(O)-R48. -N(R47)-S(O)-R4S, -N(R17J-S(O)2-R48, -C(O)-R4S, -S(O)-R4S, -S(O)2-R48. -C(O)-O-R48, -C(O)-N(R4^)-R48, -S(O)-N(R47)-R48, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R48, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
Rω is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2. -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NlI2, -O-R49, -S-R49, -N(R50)-R4v, -N(R50)-C(O)-R4l). -N(R50)~S(O)-R49, -N(RS0)-S(O)2-R49, -C(O)-N(R50)-Rw. -C(O)-O-R49, -C(O)-R4I -S(O)-N(R50)-R49, -S(O)2-N(R50)-R49, -S(O)-R49, -S(O)2-R49, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substiluents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R60 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R51, -S-R51, -N(R5O)-R5 i, -N(R50)-C(O)-R51, -N(R50)-S(O)-R51, -N(R50VS(O)2-R3', -C(O)-R51 , -S(O)-R51, -S(O)2-R5 1 , -C(O)-O-R51, -C(O)-N(R5U)-R", -S(O)-N(R50)-R51, -S(O)2-N(R50)-R51. halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl. and cycloalkylamino;
R61 and R62 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C)-3 alkyl, and tluoro substituted C 1.3 alkyl; and
R35, R36, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41, R43, R47, R4S, R44, R50, and R51 are as defined for Formula Ia.
[0007] In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia or Formula Ib, R1, R31 and R57, respectively, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64, wherein
R63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2,
Figure imgf000012_0001
-S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R6S. -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-R6', -S(O)-N(R56)-R(j5, -S(O)2-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl arc optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2. -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2. -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R6t>C(O)-R65, -N(R6C')-S(O)-R65. -N(R66J-S(O)1-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R6\ -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65. -S(O)-N(R6")-R65, ~S(O)2-N(R66)-R5\ halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more subslituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl. and heteroaryl. and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl. and heteroaryl as R64, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH5 -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-Rh\ -S-R", -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R67. -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R"7, -C(O)-O-R"7, -C(O)-N(R66)-R67, -S(O)2-N(R66)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R65 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R65 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R69, -S-R6y, -N(R68)-R69, -N(R68)-C(O)-R69, -N(R68)-S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-R69, -S(O)-R69, -S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-O-R69, -C(O)-N(R68)-R69, -S(O)2-N(R68)-R69, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R66 and R6S at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NII2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R67 and R69 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. [0008] In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia or Formula Ib, R1, R31 and R , respectively, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Kb\ and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64; wherein R63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -O-R6\ -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-Rb5, -N(R6^)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64; R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -O-Rfi5, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R56)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di- alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R64, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NII2, -NO2, -CN, -O-R67, -S-R67, -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R67, -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R57, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; and wherein R65, R66, and R67 are as defined in paragraph [0006].
[0009] In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia, and Formula Ib, further to any of the above embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia, and Formula Ib:
R2, R32, and R58, respectively, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -0-R7C, -S-R70, -N(R71)-R70, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
R3, R33, and R'4, respectively, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -0-R'°, -S-R u, -N(R7|)-R70, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted low er alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino,
R4, R14, and R60, respectively, are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R ', -S-R70,
Figure imgf000015_0001
fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoio substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino,
R ° is lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and
R ! is hydrogen or lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino
[0010] In one embodiment of compounds ot Formula I, the compound is selected from the group consisting of
Propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [2,4-difluoro-3-( 1 H-pyrazolo[3 ,4-b]pyπdme-3-carbonyl)-phenyl]-amidc
(P-OOOl),
Propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-bromo-lII-p>τazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3-carbon>l)-2,4-difluoro-phenyl]- amide (P-0002),
Propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-cyano-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyπdine-3-carbonyl)-2,4-difluoro-phcn>l]- amide (P-0003), and any salt, prodrug, tautomer, or isomer thereof
[0011] In reference to compounds herein, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, specification of a compound or group of compounds includes salts of such compound(s) (including acceptable salts) formulations of such compound(s) (including pharmaceutically acceptable formulations), conjugates thereof, dematives thereof, forms thereof, prodrugs thereof and all stereoisomers thereof In reference to compositions, kits, methods of use etc of compounds oi Formula I described herein, it is understood (unless indicated otherwise) that a compound of Formula 1 includes all sub-embodiments thereof (e g including Formulae Ia-Ib, and all embodiments as described above) [0012] In a fourth aspect, methods are provided for treating a protein kinase mediated disease or condition in an animal subject, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula 1 The terms "treat," "therapy," and like terms refer to the administration of mateπal, e g , any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in an amount effective to prevent, alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease or condition, i e , indication, anώor to prolong the survival of the subject being treated The term "protein kinase mediated disease or condition" refers to a disease or condition in which the biological function of a protein kinase affects the development, course, and/or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of the protein kinase alters the development, course, and/or symptoms of the disease or condition A protein kinase mediated disease or condition includes a disease or condition for which modulation provides a therapeutic benefit, e g wherein treatment with protein kinase inhibitors, including compounds described herein, provides a therapeutic benefit to the subject suffeπng from oi at πsk of the disease or condition In certain embodiments, the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I in combination with one or more other therapies for the disease or condition
[0013] In a fifth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a Raf protein kinase mediated disease or condition in an animal subject, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I The terms "Raf piotem kinase mediated disease or condition," "Raf kinase mediated disease or condition," "Raf mediated disease or condition," and the like refer to a disease or condition in which the biological function of a Raf protein kinase, including any mutations thereof, affects the development, course, and/or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of the Raf protein kinase alters the development, course and/or symptoms of the disease or condition The Raf protein kinase includes, but is not limited to, A-Raf, A-RaI mutations, B-Raf, mutations of B-Raf, c-Raf-1 and mutations of c-Raf-1 In some embodiments, the Raf protein kinase is B-Raf mutation V600E In some embodiments, the Raf protein kinase is B-Raf mutation V600E T529I In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a cancer that is amenable to treatment by an inhibitor of the V600E mutant B-Raf In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a cancer that is amenable to treatment by an inhibitor of the V600E/T529I mutant B-Raf The Raf protein kinase mediated disease or condition includes a disease or condition for which Raf inhibition provides a therapeutic benefit, e g wherein treatment with Raf inhibitors including compounds dcscπbed herein, provides a therapeutic benefit to the subject suffering from or at risk of the disease or condition. In one embodiment, the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I in combination with one or more other therapies for the disease or condition. Similarly, the terms ''A- Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf-I protein kinase mediated disease or condition," "A-Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf-1 kinase mediated disease or condition," "A-Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf-1 mediated disease or condition,'" and the like refer to a disease or condition in which the biological function of an A-Raf, B-Raf or c- Raf-1 kinase, respectively, including any mutations thereof, affects the development, course and/or symptoms of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of the A-Raf, B-Raf or c-Raf- 1 protein kinase, respectively, alters the development, course, and/or symptoms of the disease or condition,
[0014] In a sixth aspect, a compound of Formula I will have an IC5Q of less than 500 run, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 iiM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I will have an IC5O of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl, Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, A-Raf, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl, c-Raf-1, Csk, EGFR, EpIiAl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, FItI, Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Frk, Fyn, Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl, mTOR, p38, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, PDPKl, PI3Kα, PI3K/S, PI3K<5, PI3Kγ, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, PIk 1 , Pyk2, Ret, ROCKl , ROCK2, Ron, Src, Stk6. Syk, TEC, Tie2, TrkΛ, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof.
[0015] In a seventh aspect, a compound of Formula I will have an IC5O of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI. Aktl , Akt2, Akt3, ALK. Alk5, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CIIKl, c-Raf-1, Csk. EGFR, EphAl, EphA2. EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Fyn, Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl , Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1, MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl , mTOR, p38, PDPKl, PUYLa, PI3K/3, PI3Kδ, PI3Kγ, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, PIk 1 , Pyk2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tic2, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof.
[0016] In an eighth aspect, a compound of Formula 1 will have an IC50 of less than 500 run, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 iiM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Λ-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf-1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, Fltl , Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP4K4, MΛPKAPK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PDGFRB, PDKo, PI3K0, PI3K5. PI3Kγ, Piml , PKC theta, Pyk2, Ret, Src, Stk6, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof,
[0017] In a ninth aspect, a compound of Formula I will have an IC50 of less than 500 run, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf- 1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn. MΛP2K1, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PI3Kα, PI3K& PI3K5, PI3Kγ, Piml, PKC theta, Pyk2, Src, Stk6, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof.
[0018] In a tenth aspect, a compound of Formula I will have an IC50 of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to at least one kinase selected from the group consisting of A-Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E mutant, B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant, c-Raf-1 , Fak, FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Lck, Lyn, Met, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, Pyk2, Kdr, Src and Ret, including any mutations thereof.
[0019] In an eleventh aspect, a compound of Formula I is an inhibitor of a Raf kinase and has an IC50 of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM as determined in a generally accepted Raf kinase activity assay. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I will have an IC50 of less than 500 nm, less than 100 nM. less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, or less than 1 nM with respect to B-Raf, c-Raf-1 , B-Raf V600E mutant, or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I will selectively inhibit one Raf kinase relative to one or more other Raf kinases. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I will selectively inhibit a mutation of the Raf kinase relatπ e to the wild type kinase for example B-Raf V600E mutant relativ e
Figure imgf000019_0001
[0020] Further to any of the abo\e mentioned aspects and embodiments, a compound of Formula I will also inhibit the effects of a mutation of the kinase, including, but not limited to, a mutation that is related to a disease state, such as a cancer For example, B-Raf V600E mutant is present in a high percentage of some cancers, such as melanoma, and compounds will inhibit the kinase activity of this mutant
[0021] Further to any of the above mentioned aspects and embodiments, a compound of 1 ormula 1 may selectively inhibit one kinase relative to one or more other kinases, where preferably inhibition is selectrve.with respect to any of the other kinases, whether a kinase discussed herein, or other kinases In some embodiments, the compound may selectively inhibit the effects of a mutation of the kinase relative to the wild type kinase, for example B-Raf V600F mutant relative to wild type B-Raf Selective inhibition of one kinase relative to another is such that the 1C so for the one kinase may be at least about 2-fold, also 5-fold, also 10-fold, also 20-fold, also 50-fold, or at least about 100-fold less than the IC5O for any of the other kinases as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay
[0U22] In a twelfth aspect, compositions are provided that include a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable earner, excipient, and/or diluent, including combinations of any two or more compounds of Formula I The composition can further include a plurality of different pharmacologically active compounds, which can include a plurality of compounds of Formula I In certain embodiments, the composition can include any one or more compound(s) of Fonnula I along with one or more compounds that are therapeutically effective for the same disease indication In one embodiment, the composition includes any one or more compound(s) of I- ormula I along with one or more compounds that are therapeutically effectiv e for the same disease indication, wherein the compounds have a synergistic effect on the disease indication In one embodiment, the composition includes any one or more compound^) of Formula I effectiv e in treating a cancer and one or more other compounds that are effective in treating the same cancer, further wherein the compounds are synergis>tically effective in treating the cancer [0023] In a thirteenth aspect, methods are provided for modulating the activity of a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl, Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, A-Raf, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4. CDK5, CDK6, CIIKl. c-Raf-1, Csk, HGFR, EphΛl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Fltl, Flt3. Flt4, Fms, Frk, Fyn, Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, IIer2/Erbb2, Her4Εrbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, JnkL Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MΛP2K1, MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl, mTOR, p38, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, PDPKl, PBKα, PI3K0, PI3Kδ, PBKγ, Piml , Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, Plkl, Pyk2, Ret, ROCKl, ROCK2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tie2, TrkA, TrkB, Yes. and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by contacting the protein kinase with an effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
[0024] In a fourteenth aspect, methods are provided for treating a protein kinase mediated disease or condition in an animal subject, wherein the method involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I,
[0025] In a fifteenth aspect, methods are provided for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl. Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, Λ-Raf, B- Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CIIKl, c-Raf-1, Csk, EGFR, EphAl, EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Fltl, Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Fyn, Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl, mTOR, p38, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, PDPKl, PBKα, PI3K/3, PBKδ, PI3Kγ, Piml , Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, Plkl, Pyk2, Ret, ROCKl , ROCK2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tie2, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
[0026] In a sixteenth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Aktl , Akt2, Λkt3, ΛLK. AIkS, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl. c-Raf-1, Csk, EGFR. EphAl . EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Fyn, Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, Hcr2/Erbb2, Her4, Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk. Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1, MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl, MLKl, mTOR, p38, PDPKl, PBKα, PBK/3, PBKδ, PBKγ, Piml , Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, Plkl , Pyk2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tie2, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap 70, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
[0027] In a seventeenth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of Λbl, A-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf-1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, FGFRl, Fltl, Flt3, Flt4, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP4K4, MΛPKΛPK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PDGFRB, PI3Kα, PI3K/J, PI3KS, PI3Kγ, Piml, PKC theta, Pyk2, Ret, Src, Stkό, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
[0028] In an eighteenth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of AbI, Λ-Raf, B-Raf, Btk, c-Raf-1 , EGFR, EphB2, Erk2, Fak, Fms, Irak4, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1 , MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, mTOR, p38, PI3Kα, PI3K& P13KO, PI3Kγ, Piml, PKC theta, Pyk2, Src, Stkό, TrkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
[0029] In a nineteenth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by a protein kinase selected from the group consisting of A-Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E mutant, B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant, c-Raf-1 , Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Lck, Lyn, Met, Piml, Pim2, Pim3, Pyk2, Kdr, Src and Ret, including any mutations thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I.
[0030] In a twentieth aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by A-Raf, B-Raf, c-Raf-1 , B-Raf V600E mutant, or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I. In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by A-Raf, B-Raf, c-Raf- 1, B-Raf V600E mutant, or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in combination with one or more other suitable therapies for treating the disease. In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating a cancer mediated by B-Raf V600E mutant or B-Raf V600E/T529I mutant by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in combination with one or more suitable anticancer therapies, such as one or more chemotherapeutic drugs.
[0031] In a twenty-first aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, in combination with one or more other therapies or medical procedures effective in treating the cancer. Other therapies or medical procedures include suitable anticancer therapy (e.g. drug therapy, vaccine therapy, gene therapy, photodynamic therapy) or medical procedure (e.g. surgery, radiation treatment, hyperthermia heating, bone marrow or stem cell transplant). In one aspect, the one or more suitable anticancer therapies or medical procedures is selected from treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent (e.g. chemotherapeutic drug), radiation treatment (e.g. x-ray, γ-ray, or electron, proton, neutron, or α particle beam), hyperthermia heating (e.g. microwave, ultrasound, radiofrequency ablation), Vaccine therapy (e.g. ΛFP gene hepatocellular carcinoma vaccine, AFP adenoviral vector vaccine, AG-858, allogeneic GM-CSF- secretion breast cancer vaccine, dendritic cell peptide vaccines), gene therapy (e.g. Ad5CMV-p53 vector, adenovector encoding MDA7, adenovirus 5-tumor necrosis factor alpha), photodynamic therapy (e.g. aminolevulinic acid, motexafin luletium), surgery, or bone marrow and stem cell transplantation.
[0032] In a twenty-second aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, in combination with one or more suitable chemotherapeutic agents. In one aspect, the one or more suitable chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent, including, but not limited to, adozelesin, altretamine, bendamustine, bizelesin, busulfan, carboplatin, carbuquone. carmofur, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, estramustinc, etoglucid, fotemustine, hepsulfam, ifosfamide, improsulfan, irofulven, lomustine. mannosulfan, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mitobronitol, ncdaplatm, nimustine, oxaliplatin, piposulfan, prednimustine, procarbazine, ranimustine, satraplatin, semustine, streptozocin, temozolomide, tliiotepa, treosulfan, triaziquone, triethylenemelamine, triplatin tetranitrate, trofosphamide, and uramustine, an antibiotic, including, but not limited to, aclarubicm, amrubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicm, doxorubicin elsamitrucin, epirubicm, ldarubicm, menogaπl, mitomycin, neoeamnostatin, pentostatin, pirarabicin, phcamycin, valrubicin, and zorubicin, an antimetabolite including, but not limited to, ammoptenn, azacitidme, azathiopπne, capecitabine, cladπbine, clofarabine, cytarabme, decitabme, floxundine, fludarabme, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabmc, hydroxyurea, mercaptopunne, methotrexate, nelarabine, pemetrexed, pyrimethamine, raltitrexed, tegafur-uracil, thioguamne, tπmethopπm, tπmetrexate, and vidarabine, an immunotherapy, including, but not limited to, alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, cetuximab, gahximab, gemtuzumab, pamtumumab, pcrtuzumab, ntuximab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, and 90 Y ibiitumomab tmxetan, a hormone or hormone antagonist, including, but not limited to, anastrozole, androgens, buserehn, diethylstilbestrol, exemestane, flutamide, fiilvestrant, goserehn, idoxifene, letrozole, leuprohde, magestrol, raloxifene tamoxifen, and toremifene, a taxane, including, but not limited to, DJ-927, docetaxel, TPI 287, larotaxel, ortataxel, paclitaxel, DHA-paclitaxel and tesetaxel, a retinoid, including, but not limited to, ahtretinoin, bexarotene, fenretinide, isotretinoin, and tretinoin, an alkaloid, including, but not limited to, demecolcine, homoharπngtonine, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, vmflunine and vmorelbine, an antiangiogemc agent, including, but not limited to AF-941 (GW786034, Neovastat), AB I -5 IU, 2-methoxyestradiol, lenahdomide, and thalidomide, a topoisomerase inhibitor, including, but not limited to, amsacnne, belotecan, edotecann, etoposide, ctoposide phosphate, exatecan, irinotecan (also active metabolite SN-38 (7-ethyl 10-hydroxy- camptothecin)), lucanthone, mitoxantrone, pixantrone, rubitecan, temposide, topotecan, and 9- aminocamptotheciπ, a kinase inhibitor, including, but not limited to, axitmib (AG 013736), dasatinib (BMS 354825), erlotmib, gefitinib, flavopiπdol, imatimb mesylate, lapatinib, motesamb diphosphate (AMG 706), mlotinib (AMN107), sehciclib, sorafemb, sumtmib malate, AbE-788, BMS-599626, UCN-Ol (7-hydroxystaurosponne), and vatalanib, a targeted signal transduction inhibitor including, but not limited to bortezomib, geldanamycin, and rapamycin, a biological response modifier, including, but not limited to, imiquimod, interferon-α, and interleukin-2, and other chemotherapeutics, including, but not limited to 3 AP (3-amino-2-carboxyaldehyde thiosemicarbazonc), altrasentan aminoglutethimide, anagrehde, asparaginase, bryostatm-l, cilengitide, elesclomol, eπbuhn mesylate (E7389), lxabepilone, lomdamine, masoprocol, mitoguanazone, obhmersen, sulindac, temsirohmus, testolactone, tiazofuπn, and tipifarnib Preferably, the method of treating a cancer mvohes administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including any one or more compound(s) of Formula I in combination with a chemother apeutic agent selected fiom 5-fluorouracil, carboplatin, dacarbazme, gefitimb, oxahplatin, paclitaxel SN-38, temozolomidc, vinblastine, bevacizumab, cetuximab, or erlotmib
[0033] In a twenty third aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in a mammal, by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug The compound can be alone or can be part of a composition In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in a mammal, by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any one or more compound(s) of Formula I, a prodrug of such compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug, or a pharmaceutical!) acceptable formulation of such compound or prodrug in combination with one or more other suitable therapies for the disease or condition
[0034) In a twenty-fourth aspect, the invention provides kits that include a composition as dcscπbed herein In some embodiments, the composition is packaged, e g , m a vial, bottle, flask, which may be further packaged, e g , withm a box, envelope, or bag, the composition is approved by the U S Food and Drug Administration or similar regulatory agencv for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, the composition is approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a protein kinase mediated disease or condition, the invention kit includes written instructions for use and/or other indication that the composition is suitable or approved for administration to a mammal, e g , a human, for a protein kmase-mediated disease or condition, and the composition is packaged in unit dose or single dose form, e g , single dose pills, capsules, or the like
[0035] In aspects and embodiments involving treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition w ith the compounds of Formula I, the invention provides methods for treating an A-Raf-mediatcd, B- Rdf-mediated and'or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition in an animal subject (e g a mammal such as a human, other pnmates, sports animals, animals of commercial interest such as tattle, farm animals such as horses or pets such as dogs and cats), e g , a disease or condition characteπ/ed bv abnormal Λ Raf, B Raf and/or c-Raf- 1 activity (e g kinase activity) In some embodiments, invention methods
Figure imgf000024_0001
involv e administering to the subject suffering from or at risk of an Λ-Raf mediated, B-Raf-mediated and/or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition an effective amount of compound of Formula I In one embodiment, the A-Raf-mediated, B-Raf-mediated, and/or c-Raf-1- mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of neurologic diseases, including, but not limited to. multi-infarct dementia, head injury, spmal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, seizures and epilepsy, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g gastrointestinal, liver, bile duct (cholangiocarcinoma), colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian, prostate), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplasia syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendocrine tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, and pheochromocytoma, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory oπgin, including, but not limited to, acute pain, chronic pain, cancer-related pain, and migraine, cardio\ascular diseases including, but not limited to, heart failure, ischemic stroke, cardiac hypertrophy, thrombosis (e g thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes), atherosclerosis, and reperfusion injury, inflammation and/or proliferation including, but not limited to, psoriasis, eczema, arthritis and autoimmune diseases and conditions, osteoarthritis, endometriosis, scarring, vascular restenosis, fibrotic disorders, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), immunodeficiency diseases, including, but not limited to, organ transplant rejection, graft versus host disease, and Kaposi's sarcoma associated with HIV, renal, cystic, or prostatic diseases, including, but not limited to, diabetic nephropathy, polycystic kidney disease, nephrosclerosis, glomerulonephritis, prostate hyperplasia, polycystic liver disease, tuberous sclerosis, Von Hippel Lmdau disease, medullary cystic kidney disease, nephronophthisis, and cystic fibrosis, metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, obesity, infection, including, but not limited to Helicobacter pylon, Hepatitis and Influenza viruses, fever, HIV, and sepsis, pulmonary diseases including, but not limited to, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), genetic developmental diseases, including, but not limited to, Noonan's syndrome, Costello syndrome, (taciocutaneoskeletal syndrome), LEOPARD s>ndrome, cardio-faciocutaneous syndrome (Cl-C) and neural crest syndrome abnormalities causing cardiovascular, skeletal, intestinal, skin, hair and endocrine diseases, and diseases associated with muscle regeneration or degeneration, including but not limited to, sarcopenia, muscular dystrophies (including, but not limited to, Duchenne, Becker Fmery-Dreifuss, Limb-Girdle, Facioscapulohumeral, Myotonic, Oculopharyngeal, Distal and Congenital Muscular Dystrophies), motor neuron diseases (including, but not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile progressive spinal muscular atrophy, intermediate spinal muscular atrophy juvenile spinal muscular atrophy spinal bulbar muscular atrophy, and adult spinal muscular atrophy), inflammatory myopathics (including, but not limited to, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, and inclusion body myositis), diseases of the neuromuscular junction (including, but not limited to, myasthenia gravis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, and congenital myasthenic syndrome), myopathies due to endocπne abnormalities (including, but not limited to, hyperthyroid myopathy and hypothyroid myopathy) diseases of peπphcral nerve (including, but not limited to, Charcot-Maπe-Tooth disease, Dejeπne-Sottas disease, and Fπedreich's ataxia), other myopathies (including, but not limited to, myotonia congenita, paramyotonia congenita, central core disease nemaline myopathy, myotubular myopathy, and periodic paralysis), and metabolic diseases of muscle (including but not limited to, phosphorylase deficiency, acid maltase deficiency, phosphofructokinase deficiency, debrancher enzyme deficiency, mitochondπal myopathy, carnitine deficiency, carnitine palmatyl transferase deficiency, phosphoglycerate kinase deficiency, phosphoglycerate mutase deficiency, lactate dehydrogenase deficiency, and inyoadenylate deaminase deficiency) In one embodiment, the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, gastrointestinal cancer, liver cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, colorectal cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, renal cancer ovaπan cancer, prostate cancel, histiocytic lymphoma, neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, pheochromocytoma, pain and polycystic kidney disease In a preferred embodiment, the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, ovaπan cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, pain, and polycystic kidney disease
[0036] In a twenty-fifth aspect, compounds of Formula 1 can be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment ol an A-Raf-mediated, B-Raf mediated or c-Raf-1 -mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of neurologic diseases, including, but not limited to multi infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma glioma sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendocπne tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin, including, but not limited to, acute pain, chronic pain, cancer-related pain, and migraine, cardiovascular diseases including, but not limited to, heart failure, ischemic stroke, cardiac hypertrophy, thrombosis (e g thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes), atherosclerosis, and repertlision injury, inflammation including, but not limited to, psoπasis, arthritis and autoimmune diseases and conditions, osteoarthritis, endometriosis, scarring, vascular restenosis, fibrotic disorders rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), immunodeficiency diseases, including, but not limited to, organ transplant rejection, graft versus host disease, renal or prostatic diseases, including, but not limited to, diabetic nephropathy, polycystic kidney disease, nephrosclerosis, glomerulonephritis, prostate hyperplasia, metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, obesity, infection, including, but not limited to, Helicobacter pylori, Hepatitis and Influenza
Figure imgf000027_0001
fever, and sepsis, pulmonary diseases, including, but not limited to, chrome obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), genetic developmental diseases, including, but not limited to Noonan's syndrome, Costello syndrome, (faciocutaneoskeletal syndrome), LEOPARD syndrome, cardio-faciocutaneous syndrome (CFC), and neural crest syndrome abnormalities causing cardiovascular, skeletal, intestinal, skm, hair and endocnnc diseases, and diseases associated with muscle regeneration or degeneration, including, but not limited to, sarcopenia, muscular dystrophies (including, but not limited to, Duchenne, Becker, Emery-Dreifuss, Limb-Girdle, Facioscapulohumeral, Myotonic, Oculopharyngeal, Distal and Congenital Muscular Dystrophies), motor neuron diseases (including, but not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile progressive spmal muscular atrophy, intermediate spinal muscular atrophy, juvenile spmal muscular atrophy, spinal bulbar muscular atrophy, and adult spinal muscular atrophy), inflammatory myopathies (including, but not limited to, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, and inclusion body myositis), diseases of the neuromuscular junction (including, but not limited to, myasthenia gravis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, and congenital myasthenic syndrome), myopathies due to endocnne abnormalities (including, but not limited to, hyperthyroid myopathy and hypothyroid myopathy) diseases of peripheral nerve (including, but not limited to, Charcot-Maπe-Tooth disease, Dejcnnc- Sottas disease, and Friedreich's ataxia), other myopathies (including, but not limited to, myotonia congenita paramyotonia congenita, central core disease ncmahne myopathy, myotubular myopathy and penodic paralysis), and metabolic diseases of muscle (including, but not limited to, phosphorylase deficiency, acid maltase deficiency, phosphofructokinase deficiency, debrancher enzyme deficiency, mitochondrial myopathy, carnitine deficiency, carnitine palmatyl transferase deficiency, phosphoglycerate kinase deficiency, phosphoglycerate mutase deficiency, lactate dehydrogenase deficiency, and myoadenylate deaminase deficiency)
[0037] The compounds of Formula 1 with kinase actmty ICq0 less than 10 μM as determined in a standard assay descnbed herein can be used to treat protein kinase mediated diseases and conditions related to the following protein kinases, including any mutations thereof, for example without limitation
AbI, related to chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) and acute myelogenous leukemia (AML),
Aktl, related to gastπc, prostate, colorectal, ovarian, pancreatic and breast cancer, glioblastoma and leukemia, as well as schizophrenia and bipolar disorders, and also use in combination with other chemotherapeutic drugs,
Akt2, related to hyperglycemia due to peripheral insulin resistance and nonsuppressible hepatic glucose production accompanied by inadequate compensatory hypeπnsulinemia, also related to pancreatic, ovaπan and breast cancer,
Akt3, related to melanoma, prostate and breast cancer,
A.LK, related to non-Hodgkin lymphomas such as diffuse large D-cell lymphoma and anaplastic large cell lymphoma,
Alk5, related to pancreatic and biliary cancers, and cutaneous T-cell lymphoma,
A.-Raf, related to neurologic diseases such as multi-infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury. Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma), neurofibromatosis, myelodysplasia syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin, including acute pain, chrome pam, cancer-related pam and migraine, and diseases associated with muscle regeneration or degeneration, including, but not limited to, vascular restenosis, sarcopenia, muscular dystrophies (including, but not limited to, Duchenne, Becker, Emery Dreifuss. Limb-Girdle, Facioscapulohumeral, Myotonic, Oculopharyngeal, Distal and Congenital Muscular Dystrophies) motoi neuron diseases (including, but not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile progressive spinal muscular atrophy, intermediate spinal muscular atrophy, juvenile spinal muscular atrophy, spinal bulbar muscular atrophy, and adult spinal muscular atrophy), inflammatory
2? myopathies (including, but not limited to, deπnatomyositis polymyositis and inclusion body myositis), diseases of the neuromuscular junction (including, but not limited to, m>asthenia gravis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, and congenital myasthenic syndrome), myopathies due to endocπnc abnormalities (including, but not limited to, hyperthyroid myopathy and hypothyroid myopathy) diseases of peπpheral ner\ e (including, but not limited to, Charcot- Mane-Tooth disease, Dejeπne-Sottas disease, and Friedreich's ataxia), other myopathies (including, but not limited to, myotonia congenita, paramyotonia congenita, central core disease, nemahne myopathy, myotubular myopathy, and peπodic paralysis), and metabolic diseases of muscle (including, but not limited to, phosphorylase deficiency, acid maltase deficiency, phosphofructokinase deficiency, debrancher enzyme deficiency, mitochondrial myopathy, carnitine deficiency, carnitine palmatyl transferase deficiency, phosphoglycerate kinase deficiency, phosphoglycerate mutase deficiency, lactate dehydrogenase deficiency, and myoadenylate deaminase deficiency),
B-Raf or c-Raf- 1 , related to neurologic diseases, including but not limited to, as multi infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal ovanan), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendocπne tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer carcinoid small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma, pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin, including, but not limited to, acute pain, chrome pain, cancer-related pain, and migraine, cardiovascular diseases including, but not limited to, heart failure, ischemic stroke, cardiac hypertrophy, thrombosis (e g thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes), atherosclerosis, reperfusion injury, inflammation including, but not limited to, psoπasis, arthritis and autoimmune diseases and conditions, osteoarthritis, endometriosis scarring, vascular restenosis, fibrotic disorders, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), immunodeficiency diseases, including but not limited to, organ transplant rejection, graft versus host disease renal or prostatic diseases, including, but not limited to, diabetic nephropathy, polycystic kidney disease, nephrosclerosis, glomerulonephritis prostate hyperplasia, metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, obesity, infection, including, but not limited to Helicobacter pylori Hepatitis and Influenza viruses, fever, and sepsis; pulmonary diseases including, but not limited to, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); genetic developmental diseases, including, but not limited to, Noonan's syndrome, Costello syndrome.
(faciocutaneoskeletal syndrome), LEOPARD syndrome, cardio-faciocutaneous syndrome
(CFC), and neural crest syndrome abnormalities causing cardiovascular, skeletal, intestinal, skin, hair and endocrine diseases;
Brk, related to breast and colon cancer, and head and neck squamous cell carcinoma; Btk, related to X-linked agammaglobulinemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and
Graves' disease, immune suppression in organ transplant, and drug sensitivity of B-lineage cells;
Cdk2, related to prostate, breast, colorectal and ovarian cancer; Cdk4, related to glioblastoma (e.g. glioblastoma multiforme), anaplastic astrocytoma, and breast cancer;
Cdk5, related to Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and Lewy body disease; Cdk6, related to glioblastoma multiforme, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, T-cell lymphoblastic lymphoma (T-LBL) and T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL);
CHKl , related to DNA damage repair, sensitizes cells to chcmotherapcutic agents; Csk, related to colon and pancreatic carcinomas and autoimmune pathology such as type 1 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus; EGFR, related to breast, colorectal, bladder, prostate and non small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinomas of the head and neck cancer, oral cavity, and esophagus, and glioblastoma multiforme;
EphAl , related to head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, hepatoma and lung cancer; EphΛ2, related to aberrant short-range contact-mediated axonal guidance, bladder, breast, prostate, colon, skin, cervical, ovarian, pancreatic and lung cancers, and metastatic melanoma: EphB2, related to angiogenesis disorder (e.g. ocular angiogenesis disease such as retinopathy), and cancer (e.g. glioblastoma, breast and liver cancer); EphB4, related to colorectal cancer (CRC), head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, and tumours of the prostate, breast, endometrium, and bladder; Erk2, related to aberrant proliferation, differentiation, transcription regulation and development, and may be useful in treating inflammation, for example inflammation associated with Lyme neuroborreliosis, and in treating cancers, such as gastric cancer; Fak, related to colon and breast tumors, and is also related to esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, anaplastic astrocytoma, glioblastoma, ductal carcinoma in situ, prostate and hepatocellular carcinoma, and tumor metastases, and may also provide synergistic effects when used with other chemotherapeutic drugs; FGFRl , related to 8pl l myeloproliferative syndrome; FGFR2, related to Crouzon Syndrome, Jackson-Weiss Syndrome, Apert Syndrome, craniosynostosis, Pfeiffer Syndrome, acrocephalo syndactyly type V, and Beare-Stevenson
Cutis Gyrata Syndrome; FGFR3, related to angiogenesis, wound healing, achondroplasia, Muenke craniosynostosis,
Crouzon syndrome, acanthosis nigricans, thanatophoric dysplasia, bladder carcinomas, and multiple myeloma; FGFR4, related to cancer of the breast, lung, colon, medullary thyroid, pancreas, ovary, prostate, endometrium, and fallopian tube, head and neck squamous cell carcinomas and leiomyosarcoma;
Fltl , related to non-small cell lung carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, and colorectal cancer; Flt3, related to acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, acute lymphoblastic leukemia;
Flt4, related to primary lymphoedema; Fms, related to immune disorders, including rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosis
(SLE), and transplant rejection, inflammatory diseases including inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
(COPD), emphysema, and atherosclerosis, metabolic disorders, including Type I diabetes,
Type II diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, and lipolysis, disorders of bone structure. mineralization and bone formation and resorption, including osteoporosis, increased risk of fracture, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia, and metastasis of cancer to bone, kidney diseases, including nephritis (e.g. glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis), tubular necrosis, diabetes-associated renal complications (e g diabetic nephropathy), and hypertrophy, disorders of the central nervous system, including multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, inflammatory and chronic pain, including bone pain, and cancers, including multiple myeloma, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), prostate cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, and metastasis of tumors to other tissues,
Frk, related to acute myeloid leukemia and type 1 diabetes. l*yn, related to Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia and prevention of metastases, e g in melanoma and squamous cell carcinoma,
GSK3 (Gsk3α and/or Gsk3β), related to CNS disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, diabetes type II, bipolar disorders, stroke, cancer, chronic inflammatory disease, leucopcma, schizophrenia, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, and traumatic head injury,
HCK, related to chrome myelogenous leukemia and acute lymphocytic leukemia.
Her2/Erbb2, related to prostate and breast cancer,
Her4/Erbb4, related to childhood medulloblastoma;
IGFlR, related to prostate cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma,
IKK beta, related to leukemia of T-cells, necrosis, insulin resistance, and malignant neoplasms,
Irak4, related to bacterial infections, immunodeficiency syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, asthma, chronic bronchitis, cardio hypertrophy, and kidney hypertension,
Itk, related to allergic asthma;
Jakl, related to Hepatitis C virus infection,
Jak2, related to myeloproliferative disorders such as polycythaemia vera, myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, myeloid metaplasia and leukemias, including acute lymphoblastic leukemia chronic neutrophilic leukemia, juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia, CMML, Philadelphia chromosome-negative CML, megakaryocyte leukemia, and acute erytliroid leukemia.
Jak3, related to X-lmked severe combined immunodeficiency, myeloproliferative disorders,, transplant rejection and autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, ulcerative colitis, psoriasis and multiple sclerosis, Jnk (Jnkl, Jnk2, Jnk3), related to metabolic diseases including type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity, and hepatic steatosis; cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis, ischemia (e.g. cerebrovascular ischemia, liver ischemia), reperfusion injury, cardiac hypertrophy; renal diseases such as chronic renal failure; neoplastic diseases and associated complications, including chemotherapy-induced hypoxia, prostate tumors, myeloid leukemia and cancers of the liver, bone, skin, brain, pancreas, lung breast, colon, prostate and ovary; transplant rejection; pain of neuropathic or inflammatory origin including acute and chronic pain; inflammatory and autoimmune diseases including age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, Sjogren's Syndrome, psoriasis, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Grave's disease, myasthenia gravis, and multiple sclerosis, and inflammation in other organs including CNS inflammation, pancreatitis, nephritis, atopic dermatitis, and hepatitis; airway inflammatory diseases such as asthma, allergy, bronchitis, pulmonary fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; neurologic diseases such as stroke, cerebrovascular ischemia, neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, dementia, senile chorea, head and spinal cord trauma, and Huntington's disease. More particularly, Jnkl is related to type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity and hepatic steatosis, Jnk2 is related to atherosclerosis, and Jnk3 is related to inflammatory diseases including autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, Sjogren's Syndrome, psoriasis and multiple sclerosis, airway inflammatory diseases such as asthma, allergy, pulmonary fibrosis, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and inflammation in other organs, such as CNS inflammation, pancreatitis, nephritis, and hepatitis; neurologic diseases such as stroke, cerebrovascular ischemia, and neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and Huntington's disease; and neoplastic diseases such as prostate tumors and myeloid leukemia;
Kdr, related to anti-angiogenesis for treating solid tumor growth (e.g. ovarian, lung, breast, prancreatic, prostate, colon, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, non small cell lung cancer, and epidermoid cancer), metastasis, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy and age related macular degeneration; Kit related to malignancies, including mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISI s), glioblastoma astrocytoma neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, mastocytosis, melanoma, and canine mast cell tumors, and inflammatory diseases, including asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, transplant rejection, and hypereosmophiha,
Lck related to acute lymphoblastic leukemia, T-cell lymphoma, lymphopenia, renal carcinoma, colon carcinoma, severe combined immunodeficiency, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel and type I diabetes,
L>n, related to
MAP2K1, related to acute myeloid leukemia, breast, o\aπan and liver cancer,
MAP2K2, related to cancer and inflammation,
MAP4K4, related to metabolic indications including re-sensitizing fat and muscle cells to insulin, ameliorating the pathology m adipocytes, ameliorating the pathology in muscle cells, metabolic syndrome, and type II diabetes, a broad range of oncology indications, including blocking the migration, invasion and metastasis in many different tumor types and T-cell mediated autoimmune diseases, MAPKAPK2, cancer (e g prostate, breast), stroke, menengitis, and inflammatory disorders,
Met, related to kidney, breast, bladder, non-small cell lung, colorectal, and bladder cancers, and hepatocellular carcinoma,
Mnkl , related to conditions associated with heat shock, nulπent deprivation, oxidative or osmotic stress, and infection of mammalian cells (e g with viruses such as adenovirus (Ad) or influenza virus), and autoimmune diseases,
MLKl , related to neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, and inflammatory disorders, mTOR, related to neuronal rumors breast cancer prostate cancer, acute mvclogcnous leukemia lung cancer, pancreatic cancer colon cancer, renal cancer and myeloma, p38 related to acute coronary syndrome, stroke, atherosclerosis, and inflammatory autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, and Crolin's disease PDGFR (PDGFRA, PDGFRB), related to idiopathic hypereosmophilic syndrome chrome eosinophilic leukemia, glioma gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs), juvenile myelnmonncytic leukemia metastatic medulloblastoma, atherogenesis, and restenosis More particularly, PDGFRΛ related to idiopathic hypereosmophilic syndrome, chrome eosinophilic leukemia, glioma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs), juvenile my elomonocytic leukemia, metastatic medulloblastoma atherogenesis, and restenosis, and PDGFRB related to idiopathic hypereosmophilic syndrome, chronic eosinophilic leukemia, juvenile myclomonocytic leukemia and metastatic medulloblastoma,
PDPKl, related to cancer and diabetes,
PBK (including PBKα, PBKft PBKδ and PI3Kγ), related to inflammatory disease, including asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchitis emphysema, eosmophiha, lung fibrosis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, sepsis, septic shock, inflammatory myopathies, meningitis, encephalitis, lacπmal parotid gland syndrome, acute respiratory distress syndrome and pancreatitis, graft vs host disease, allergies, including allergic rhinitis, type I hypersensitivity reactions, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, and eczema, cardiovascular disease, including atherosclerosis, pulmonary hypertension, deep venous thrombosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, myocardial contractility disorders, ischemia, thromoemolism, pulmonary embolism, acute arterial ischemia, peripheral thrombotic occlusions, coronary artery disease and acute coronary syndrome, autoimmune disease, including systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, autoimmune gastritis, type I diabetes, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, atopic dermatitis, myasthenia gravis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, and Sjogren's syndrome, cancers, including ovaπan cancer, cemcal cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, endometπal cancer, gastric carcinomas, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, small and non-small cell lung cancer, thyroid carcinoma, lymphomas, multiple myelomas, leukemias (e g acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia) neuroblastomas and glioblastomas,
Piml related to cancers such as hematopoietic (e g acute myeloid and acute lymphoid leukemias) and prostate cancers, and non-Hodgkm's lymphomas,
Pim2, related to lymphomas, Pim3, related to hepatocellular carcinoma;
PKC alpha, related to pituitary tumors and prefrontal cortical dysfunction such as distractibility. impaired judgment, impulsivity, and thought disorder, also may be used to sensitize chemotherapy in breast, colon, and non small cell lung cancers; PKC beta, related to diabetic retinopathy; PKC-theta, related to insulin resistance, T-cell lymphoma; PIk 1 , related to cancers (e.g. lymphoma of the thyroid, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, colorectal cancers, leukcmias and melanoma), also useful as sensitizer in chemotherapy; Pyk2, related to inflammation (e.g. osteoporosis, polycystic kidney disease, rheumatoid arthiritis and inflammatory bowel disease), CNS disease (e.g. Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease), stroke and cancers (e.g. gliomas, breast cancer, and pancreatic cancer); Ret, related to cancer of the thyroid, neuroblastoma, familial medullary thyroid carcinoma
(FM f C), multiple endocrine neoplasia type HA and HB (MEN2A, MEN2B), and neurodegenerative disorders (e.g. Hirschsprung's disease, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis); ROCK (ROCK-I, ROCK-2), related to cancers (e.g. ovarian cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic cancer), ocular disease (e.g. glaucoma), cardiac hypertrophy, improved renal perfusion, transplant rejection, and acute respiratory distress syndrome; Ron, related to cancer and inflammation; Src, related to cancer and osteoporosis; Stk6, related to gastric, bladder, breast, lung, CNS, ovarian, kidney, colon, prostate, pancreas, and cervical cancers, melanoma, leukemia, and neuroblastoma; Syk, related to lymphomas (e.g. mantle cell lymphoma); TEC, related to sepsis, septic shock, inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn's disease, irritable bowel disease (IBD), and ulcerative colitis;
Tic2 (TEK), related to cancer, arthritis (e.g. rheumatoid arthritis), and atherosclerosis; TrkA, related to pain (e.g. chronic pain, neuropathic pain), cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer), allergic disorders (e.g. asthma), arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration and psoriasis; TrkB, related to obesity, hyperphagia, developmental delays, cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, Wilms tumors, neuroblastoma, pancreatic cancer), various neuropathies (eg, stroke, multiple sclerosis, transverse myelitis, and encephalitis), and diabetes. Yes, related to various cancers including esophageal squamous cell carcinoma; and Zap70, related to AIDS, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, atherosclerosis, rejection of transplanted organs or tissues, allograft rejection including acute and chronic allograft rejection, graft versus host disease, rhcumathoid arthritis, psoriasis, systemic sclerosis, atopic dermatitis, cczematous dermatitis, alopecia, and inflammation of the nasal mucus membrane, including all forms of rhinitis,
[0038| Additional aspects and embodiments will be apparent from the following Detailed Description of the Invention and from the claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0039] As used herein the following definitions apply unless clearly indicated otherwise:
[0040] All atoms designated within a Formula described herein, either within a structure provided, or within the definitions of variables related to the structure, is intended to include any isotope thereof, unless clearly indicated to the contrary. It is understood that for any given atom, the isotopes may be present essentially in ratios according to their natural occurrence, or one or more particular atoms may be enhanced with respect to one or more isotopes using synthetic methods known to one skilled in the art. Thus, hydrogen includes for example 1H, 2H, 3H; carbon includes for example 1 1C, '2C, 13C, 14C; oxygen includes for example 16O, 17O, 1 SO; nitrogen includes for example 13N, 14N, 15N; sulfur includes for example 32S, 33S, 34S, 35S, 36S, 37S, 38S; fluoro includes for example 17F, 18F, '"F; chloro includes for example 35Cl, 36Cl. 37Cl, 38Cl, 39Cl; and the like.
[0041 ] "Halogen" refer to all halogens, that is, chloro (Cl), fluoro (F), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).
[0042] "Hydroxyl" or "hydroxy" refer to the group -OH.
[0043] "Thiol" refers to the group -SH, [0044] "Lower alkyl" alone or in combination means an alkane-derived radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) that includes a straight chain alkyl or branched alkyl. The straight chain or branched lower alkyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound. In many embodiments, a lower alkyl is a straight or branched alkyl group containing from 1-6, 1-4, or 1-2, carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, and the like. A "substituted lower alkyl" denotes lower alkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(II)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NII2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-R0, -S-R0, -0-C(O)-R0, -0-C(S)-R0, -C(O)-R0, -C(S)-R0, -C(O)-O-R0. -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(II)-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-R°, -C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)-N(H)-R0, -S(O)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-0-R°, -C(S)-N(H)-O-R", -C(S)-N(R°)-O-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(O)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N (Rp)-Rc, -N(H)-C(O)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R°)-C(O)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-NH2) -N(R°)-C(S)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(O)-N(H)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-N(II)-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-C(O)-N(Rϋ)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(R°)-S(O)2-N (H)-R0, -N(H)-S (0)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-R°, -Re, -Rf, and -Rg, Furthermore, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. For example "fluoro substituted lower alkyl" denotes a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, such as perfluoroalkyl, where preferably the lower alkyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
[0045] "Lower alkenyl" alone or in combination means a straight or branched hydrocarbon containing 2-6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) and at least one, preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2, most preferably one, carbon to carbon double bond. Carbon to carbon double bonds may be either contained within a straight chain or branched portion. The straight chain or branched lower alkenyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound. Examples of lower alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, and the like. A "substituted lower alkenyl" denotes lower alkenyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -0-R°, -S-R0, -0-C(O)-R0, -0-C(S)-R0, -C(O)-R0, -C(S)-R0, -C(O)-O-R0, -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-R°, -C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)-N(H)-R0, -S(O)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R0VR0, -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(O)-N(R0VO-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-O-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(R0VS(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0. -C(S)-N(R0J-S(O)2-R0, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R0VC(O)-R0, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R0, -S(O) >-N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N(RP)-RC, -N(H)-C(O)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-R°, -N(R0J-C(S)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)-R0, -N(R0VS(O)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R0. -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(R0J-C(O)-NH2, -N(R0VC(S)-NII2, -N(R0VC(O)-N(HVR0, -N(R0VC(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(O)-N(R0J-R0. -N(H)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R0VC(O)-N(R0VR0, -N(R0VC(S)-N(R0VR0, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R0)- S(O)2-NH2, -N(R0VS(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(R0VR0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-N(R°)-R0, -N(HJ-R0, -N(R0J-R0, -Rd, -Rf, and -RE. Further, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound. For example "fluoro substituted lower alkenyl" denotes a lower alkenyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkenyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3. 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
[0046] "Lower alkynyl" alone or in combination means a straight or branched hydrocarbon containing 2-6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) containing at least one, preferably one, carbon to carbon triple bond. The straight chain or branched lower alkynyl group is chemically feasible and attached at any available point to provide a stable compound Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and the like. A "substituted lower alkynyl" denotes lower alkynyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NII2, -C(O)-N(II)-OII, -C(S)-N(II)-OII, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -0-R0, -S-R0. -0-C(O)-R0. -0-C(S)-R0, -C(O)-R0, -C(S)-R0, -C(O)-O-R0, -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-R°, -C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)-N(H)-R0, -S(O)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-R", -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-O-R°, -C(S)-N(II)-O-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-O-R°. -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R0, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(O)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N(RP)-RC, -N(H)-C(O)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-R", -N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R", -N(II)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(S)-NH2, -N(RU)-C(O)-N(H)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-N(H)-R°, -N(H)-C(0)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-C(0)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(R0J-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(R0J-R0, -N(R°)-S(0)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-R°, -Rd, -Re, and -R6, Further, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound. For example "fluoro substituted lower alkynyl" denotes a lower alkynyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkynyl is substituted with 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0047] "Cycloalkyl" refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring systems of 3-10, also 3-8, more preferably 3-6, ring members per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and the like. "Cycloalkylene" is a divalent cycloalkyl, A "substituted cycloalkyl" is a cycloalkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NII2, -S(O)-NH2. -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OII, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(II)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -0-R0, -S-R°, -0-C(O)-R0, -0-C(S)-R0, -C(O)-R0. -C(S)-R0, -C(O)-O-R0, -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-R°, -C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)-N(H)-R0, -S(O)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-O-RU, -C(S)-N(II)-O-R0, -C(S)-N (R°)-0-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R0. -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(O)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N(RP)-RC, -N(H)-C(O)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R°)-C(O)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-C(O)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(S)-NH2. -N(R°)-C(O)-N(H)-R°. -N(R°)-C(S)-N(H)-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-C(O)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-N(R0)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(R°)-S(O)2-N(H)-RU, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(RO)-S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-R", -N(R°)-R°, -Rd, -Rc, -Rf, and -Rg. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
[0048] "Heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 atoms in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the ring are replaced by heteroatoms of O, S or N, and are optionally fused with benzo or heteroaryl of 5-6 ring members. Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary πng nitrogen. Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include compounds in which a ring carbon may be oxo substituted, i.e. the ring carbon is a carbonyl group, such as lactones and lactams. The point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl ring is at a carbon or nitrogen atom such that a stable ring is retained. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, morpholino, tctrahydrofuranyl, dihydropyridinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperazinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, and dihydroindolyl. "Helerocycloalkylene" is a divalent heterocycloalkyl A "substituted heterocycloalkyl" is a heterocycloalkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3. 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents. attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OII, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-R0, -S-R0, -0-C(O)-R0, -0-C(S)-R", -C(O)-R", -C(S)-R0. -C(O)-O-R0, -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(II)-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-Rϋ, -C(S)-N(Rϋ)-R°, -S(O)-N(II)-R0, -S(0)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -S(0)2-N(R°)-Rύ, -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-0-R°. -C(S)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-O-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R", -C(0)-N(R°)-S(0)2-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(R0)- S(O)2-R0, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R0, -S(0)2-N(R°)-C(0)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N(Rf)-R1=, -N(H)-C(O)-R0. -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-R0, -N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -N(II)-S(O)-R0, -N(R°)-S(0)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(S)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(0)-N(H)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-N(H)-R°, -N(H)-C(0)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(Ru)-C(0)-N(R0)-R0, -N(R0)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(R°)-S(O)2-N(H)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-S(0)2-N(R°)-R0, -N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-R°, -Rd, -Re, -Rr, and -Rg. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound,
[0049] "Aryl" alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system containing aromatic hydrocarbons such as phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally fused with a cycloalkyl of preferably 5-7, more preferably 5-6, ring members. "Arylene" is a divalent aryl, A "substituted aryl" is an aryl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2. -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NII2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-R0, -S-R0, -0-C(O)-R0, -O-C(S)-R°, -C(O)-R0, -C(S)-R0, -C(O)-O-R0, -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-R°, -C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)-N(H)-R0, -S(O)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R°)-R°. -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-O-R°, -C(S)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-O-R°, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(R°)-S(O)2-R°, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(R°)-S(O)rR°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R0, -S(O);-N(R°)-C(O)-R°, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R". -S(O)2-N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N(RP)-RC, -N(H)-C(O)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-R°, -N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -N(R°)-S(O)2-Rn, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-C(0)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(S)-NH2, -N(R°)-C(O)-N(II)-R°, -N(R0VC(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(O)-N(R°)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-C(O)-N(R°)-R0. -N(R0)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R0J-S(O)2-NH2, -N(R0J-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-S(O),-N(R°)-R°, -N(R°)-S(O);-N(R°)-R0, -N(H)-R0. -N(R°)-R°, -Rd, -Re, -Rf, and -Rl A "substituted arylene" is a divalent substituted aryl. It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
[0050] "Heteroaryl" alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing 5 or 6 ring atoms, or a bicyclic aromatic group having 8 to 10 atoms, containing one or more, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1 -2, heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen. A carbon or nitrogen atom is the point of attachment of the heteroaryl ring structure such that a stable compound is provided. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinaoxalyl, mdolizinyl, benzo[b]thienyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, furanyl, benzofuryl. and indolyl. "Nitrogen containing heteroaryl" refers to heteroaryl wherein any heteroatoms arc N. "Heteroarylene" is a divalent heteroaryl. A "substituted heteroaryl" is a heteroaryl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OII, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -0-R0, -S-R0, -0-C(O)-R0, -0-C(S)-R0, -C(O)-R0, -C(S)-R", -C(O)-O-R0, -C(S)-O-R0, -S(O)-R0, -S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-R°, -C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -S(O)-N(H)-R0, -S(O)-N(R°)-R0, -S(O)2-N(II)-R0, -S(O)2-N(R0VR0, -C(O)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(0)-N(R°)-0-Ru, -C(S)-N(H)-O-R0, -C(S)-N(R0VO-R0, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(O)-N(R0VS(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -C(S)-N(R0VS(O)2-R0, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R1, -S(O)2-N(R0VC(O)-R0, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R0, -S(O)2-N(Ro)-C(S)-Rϋ, -C(NH)-N(H)-R0, -C(NH)-N(RP)-RC, -N(H)-C(O)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-R0, -N(R0VC(O)-R0, -N(R°)-C(S)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)-R0, -N(R0VS(O)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)2-R0, -N(R0J-S(O)2-R0, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R0, -N(RO-C(O)-NH2, -N(R0J-C(S)-NH2, -N(R0VC(O)-N(H)-R0, -N(R0VC(S)-N(HVR0. -N(H)-C(O)-N(R0VR0, -N(H)-C(S)-N(R0VR0, -N(R0J-C(O)-N(R0J-R0, -N(R0)-C(S)-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(R0J-S(O)2-NH2, -N(R0J-S(O)2-N(H)-R0, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(R°)-R°, -N(RO)-S(O):-N(R°)-R°, -N(H)-R0, -N(R°)-R°, -Rd, -Rc, -Rf, and -Re. "'Substituted heteroarylene" is a divalent substituted hcteroaryl, It is understood that substitutions are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound.
[0051] The variables R0, Rp, Rc. Rd, Rc, Rf and Rg as used in the description of optional substituents for alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are defined as follows:
each R0, Rp, and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of Rd, Re, Rf, and RB, or Rr and Rc combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing hcteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -NH2, -O-R11, -S-Ru, -N(H)-R", -N(RU)-RU, -R\ and -R";
each Rri is independently lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN. -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2. -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-Rk, -S-Rk, -0-C(0)-Rk, -O-C(S)-Rk, -C(0)-Rk, -C(S)-Rk, -C(O)-O-R1', -C(S)-O-Il\ -S(O)-R\ -S(O)2-Rk, -C(0)-N(H)-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -C(0)-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(0)-N(H)-R\ -S(O)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(0)2-N(H)-Rk, -S(0)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(0)-N(H)-0-Rk, -C(0)-N(Rk)-0-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-O-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-O-Rk, -C(0)-N(H)-S(0)2-Rk, -C(O)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)- S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk. -S(0)2-N(H)-C(0)-Rk, -S(0)2-N(Rk)-C(0)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk. -C(NH)-N(H)-Rk, -C(NH)-N(R">Rn, -N(H)-C(0)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(0)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk, -N(H)-S(0)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(0)-Rk. -N(H)-S(0)2-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(0):-Rk, -N(H)-C(0)-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(0)-NH2, -N(Rk)-C(S)-NII2, -N(Rk)-C(0)-N(H)-Rk,
Figure imgf000044_0001
-N(H)-C(0)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(0)~N(Rk)-Rk. -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk. -N(H)-S(0)2-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(Rk)-S(0)2-N(H)-Rk. -N(H)-S(0)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(0)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-Rk, -R1, and -R; each Re is independently lower alkenyl, wherein lower alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1. 2 or 3 substituents selected trom the group consisting of fluoio, -OH, -NII2, -NO2. -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2. -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-Rk, -S-Rk, -O-C(O)-Rk, -O-C(S)-R\ -C(O)-Rk, -C(S)-R\ -C(O)-O-Rk, -C(S)-O-Rk, -S(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-Rk, -C(O)-N(H)-Rk. -C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -C(O)-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(O)-N(H)-Rk, -S(O)-N(Rk)-Rk. -S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(O)-N(II)-O-Rk, -C(O)-N(Rk)-O-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-O-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-O-Rk, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rk. -C(O)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R\ -C(S)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk, -C (NH)-N (H)-Rk, -C(NH)-N(Rm)-R", -N(H)-C(O)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(O)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(O)-NH2> -N(Rk)-C (S)-NH2, -N(Rk)-C(O)-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-C(O)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(O)-N(R)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-Rk, -Rh, and -RJ,
each Rf is independently lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected trom the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OII, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2. -C(O)-N(H)-OII, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-Rk, -S-Rk, -O-C(O)-Rk, -O-C(S)-Rk, -C(O)-Rk, -C(S)-Rk, -C(O)-O-Rk, -C(S)-O-Rk, -S(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-R", -C(O)-N(H)-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -C(O)-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(O)-N(H)-Rk, -S(O)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(O)-N(H)-O-R", -C(O)-N(Rk)-O-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-O-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-O-Rk, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(O)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk,
Figure imgf000045_0001
-C(NH)-N(Rm)-Rn, -N(H)-C(O)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-Rk -N(Rk)-C(O)-Rk. -N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)-Rk, -N(II)-S(O)2-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O),~Rk, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-Rk. -N(H)-C(S)-N(I I)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(O)-NH2, -N(Rk)-C(S)-NH2j -N(Rk)-C(O)-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-C(O)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(O)-N(Rk)-Rk. -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(II)-Rk, -N(Rk)-Rk, -Rh, and -R1;
each R£ is independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-Rk, -S-Rk, -0-C(0)-Rk, -O-C(S)-Rk, -C(0)-Rk, -C(S)-Rk, -C(0)-0-R\ -C(S)-O-R\ -S(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-Rk, -C(0)-N(H)-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -C(0)-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(0)-N(H)-Rk, -S(0)-N(Rk)-Rk, -S(0)2-N(H)-Rk, -S(0)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -C(0)-N(H)-0-Rk, -C(0)-N(Rk)-0-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-O-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-O-Rk, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(O)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rk, -C(S)-N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(O)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -S(O)2-N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk, -C(NH)-N(H)-Rk, -C(NH)-N(Rm)-Rπ, -N(H)-C(0)-Rk, -N(H)-C(S)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(0)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-Rk, -N(H)-S(0)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-Rk, -N(H)-C(0)-N(H)-Rk, -N(II)-C(S)-N(H)-R\ -N(Rk)-C(0)-NH2, -N(Rk)-C(S)-NH2, -N(Rk)-C(0)-N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-C(0)-N(Rk)-R\ -N(H)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(0)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-C(S)-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R14, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-NH2, -N(Rk)-S(O)2-N(H)-Rk, -N(H)-S(0)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(Rk)-S(0)2-N(Rk)-Rk, -N(H)-Rk, -N(Rk)-Rk,
Figure imgf000046_0001
-R1, and -R';
wherein Rk, Rm, and Rn at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of Rh, R1, and RJ, or Rm and Rn combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO2, -CN, -OH, -NH2, 0-R", -S-R11, -N(H)-R", -N(RU)-RU, -R\ and -Ry;
wherein each R is independently lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(II)-C(S)-NH2. -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-Rr, -S-Rr, -O-C(O)-Rr, -O-C(S)-Rr, -C(O)-Rr, -C(S)-R', -C(O)-O-R', -C(S)-O-Rr, -S(O)-Rr, -S(O)2-Rr, -C(O)-N(H)-Rr, -C(S)-N(H)-R1, -C(O)-N(Rr)-Rr, -C(S)-N(RO-R', -S(O)-N(II)-Rr, -S(O)-N(Rr)-Rr, -S(O)2-N(H)-Rr, -S(O)2-N(RO-R', -C(O)-N(H)-O-Rr, -C(O)-N(RO-O-R', -C(S)-N(H)-O-Rr, -C(S)-N(Rr)-O-Rr, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rr, -C(O)-N(RO-S(O)2-R1-, -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rr. -C(S)-N(R0-S(O)2-Rr, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-Rr, -S(O)2-N(Rr)-C(O)-Rr, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R1, -S(O)2-N(RO-C(S)-R1, -C(NH)-N(H)-Rr, -C(NH)-N(RS)-R', -N(H)-C(O)-Rr, -N(H)-C(S)-R', -N(R')-C(O)-R', -N(R')-C(S)-R', -N(H)-S(O)-R', -N(R')-S(O)-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-R', -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R', -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R', -N(R')-C(O)-NH2, -N(RO-C(S)-NH2, -N(R')-C(O)-N(H)-R', -N(RO-C(S)-N(H)-R', -N(H)-C(O)-N(R')-Rr, -N(H)-C(S)-N (R')-Rr, -N(R')-C(O)-N(R0-Rr, -N(R[)-C(S)-N(R')-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-NH2, -N(RO-S(O)2-N(H)-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-N(RO-R1. -N(RO-S(O)2-N(RO-R', -N(H)-R', -N(RO-R'. -R1, and -RJ;
wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NII2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2. -O-R', -S-Rr, -0-C(O)-R1, -0-C(S)-R', -C(O)-R', -C(S)-R', -C(O)-O-R', -C(S)-O-R1, -S(O)-R1, -S(O)2-R', -C(O)-N(H)-R', -C(S)-N(H)-R', -C(O)-N(R')-R', -C(S)-N(R')-Rr, -S(O)-N(H)-R', -S(O)-N(R')-R', -S(O)2-N(H)-R', -S(O)2-N(RO-R', -C(O)-N(H)-O-R', -C(O)-N(RO-O-R', -C(S)-N(H)-O-R', -C(S)-N(R)-O-R', -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-R', -C(O)-N(RO-S(O)2-R', -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-R', -C(S)-N(RO-S(O)2-R', -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R', -S(O)2-N(RO-C(O)-R', -S(O)2-N(H)-C(S)-R', -S(O)2-N(RO-C(S)-R", -C(NII)-N(H)-R', -C(NH)-N(RS)-R\ -N(H)-C(O)-R', -N(H)-C(S)-R', -N(RO-C(O)-R', -N(RO-C(S)-R', -N(H)-S(O)-R', -N(R')-S(O)-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-R', -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R', -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R', -N(RO-C(O)-NH2, -N(RO-C(S)-NH1, -N(RO-C(O)-N(H)-R1, -N(RO-C(S)-N(H)-R', -N(H)-C(O)-N(RO-R', -N(H)-C(S)-N(R')-Rr, -N(R0-C(O)-N(R')-Rr. -N(R0-C(S)-N(R')-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-NH2, -N(RO-S(O)2-N(H)-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-N(RO-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-N(RO-R', -N(H)-R', -N(RO-R', and -RJ; wherein each RJ is independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaiyl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and lieterυaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -C(S)-OH, -C(O)-NH2, -C(S)-NH2, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-N(H)-OH, -C(S)-N(H)-OH, -N(H)-C(O)-NH2, -N(H)-C(S)-NH2, -N(H)-S(O)2-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -O-Rr, -S-Rr, -O-C(O)-Rr, -0-C(S)-R1, -C(O)-Rr, -C(S)-R1, -C(O)-O-R1, -C(S)-O-R1, -S(O)-Rr, -S(O)2-R7, -C(0)-N(H)-Rr, -C(S)-N(H)-Rr, -C(O)-N(RO-R', -C(S)-N(RO-R', -S(0)-N(H)-Rr, -S(O)-N(Rr)-Rr, -S(0)2-N(H)-Rr, -S(O)2-N(Rr)-Rr, -C(O)-N(H)-O-Rr, -C(0)-N(R')-0-Rr, -C(S)-N(H)-O-Rr, -C(S)-N(R>O-Rr, -C(O)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rr, -C(O)-N(RO-S(O)2-R', -C(S)-N(H)-S(O)2-Rr, -C(S)-N(RO-S(O)2-R1, -S(O)2-N(H)-C(O)-R', -S(O)2-N(RO-C(O)-R1, -S(O)2-N(II)-C(S)-Rr, -S(0),-N(RO-C(S)-Rr. -C(NH)-N(H)-Rr, -C(NH)-N(RS)-R', -N(H)-C(O)-R1", -N(H)-C(S)-R', -N(R0-C(O)-Rr, -N(RO-C(S)-R', -N(H)-S(O)-R1", -N(R')-S(O)-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-R', -N(R')-S(O)2-Rr, -N(H)-C(O)-N(H)-R', -N(H)-C(S)-N(H)-R', -N(Rr)-C(O)-NH2, -N(R')-C(S)-NH2, -N(RO-C(O)-N(H)-R1, -N(RO-C(S)-N(H)-R", -N(H)-C(O)-N(RO-R1, -N(H)-C(S)-N(RO-R', -N(RO-C(O)-N(RO-R', -N(R0-C(S)-N(R')-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-N(H)-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-NH2, -N(RO-S(O)2-N(H)-R', -N(H)-S(O)2-N(RO-R', -N(RO-S(O)2-N(RO-R', -N(H)-R', -N(RO-R', cycloalkylamino, and -Rx;
wherein each Rr, Rs, and R1 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, C3_6 alkenyl, C3^ alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl. aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of ~~Ry, fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein C3_6 alkenyl or Ci_h alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of -Ry, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino. and cycloalkylamino, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also I 5 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lov\ er alkylthio, mono-alkyldinmo, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, or Rs and R' combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocj cloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO2, -CN, -Oil, -NH2, O-Ru, -S-Ru, -N(II)-R", -lS(Ru)-Ru, -R\ and -R\
wherein each Ru is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, Ci „ alkenyl, C3 e alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of — Ry, fluoro, -Oil, -NII2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo and cycloalkylamino, and wherein Ci b alkenyl or C3 6 alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of -Ry, fluoro, -OH, -NII2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoio substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, lower alkyl, tluoro substituted lower alk\l, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo. di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino,
wherein each Rv is selected from the gioup consisting of lowei alkyl, lowei alkenyl and lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of R\ fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylaimno, and wherein lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of -R\ fluoro, -OH, -NH2, low er alkyl, Quoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
wherein each Ry is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
[0052] In some embodiments, all occurrences of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, or optionally substituted lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -NO2, -CN, -O-Rla, -S-Rla, -N(Rl a)-Rl a, -0-C(O)-R1", -O-C(S)-Rla, -C(O)-Rla, -C(S)-R1 a, -C(O)-O-Rl a, -C(S)-O-R18, -C(O)-N(Rl a)-RIa, -C(S)-N(Rl a)-Rla, -S(O)2-N(Rla)-Rl a, -C(O)-N(Rl a)-O-Rla, -C(S)-N(Rla)-O-Rla, -C(O)-N(Rl a)-S(O)2-Rla, -C(S)-N(Rl a)-S(O)2-Rla, -S(O)2-N(Rl a)-C(O)-Rl a, -S(O)2-N(Rl a)-C(S)-Rla, -C(NH)-N(Rl a)-Rla, -N(Rla)-C(O)-Rla, -N(Rl a)-C(S)-Rl a, -N(Rla)-S(O)2-Rl a, -N(Rl a)-C(O)-N(Rl a)-Rla, -N(Rla)-C(S)-N(Rla)-Rl a, -N(Rl a)-S(O)2-N(Rla)-Rla, -S(O)-Rl a, -S(O)2-R13, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO,, -CN, -O-Rl a, -S-Rl a, -N(Rl a>Rl a, -O-C(O)-R! a, -O-C(S)-Rla, -C(O)-Rla, -C(S)-Rla, -C(O)-O-R13, -C(S)-O-Rla, -C(O)-N(Rla)-Rl a, -C(S)-N(Rla)-Rl a, -S(O)2-N(R1 a)-Rla, -C(0)-N(R'a)-0-Rla, -C(S)-N(Rl a)-O-Rl a, -C(O)-N(Rla)-S(O)2-Rla, -C(S)-N(Rl a)-S(O)2-Rla, -S(O)2-N(Rla)-C(O)-Rla, -S(O)2-N(Rl a)-C(S)-Rld, -C(NH)-N(Rla)-Rl a, -N(Rl a)-C(O)-Rl a, -N(Rla)-C(S)-Rl a, -N(Rl a)-S(O)2-Rla, -N(Rla)-C(O)-N(Rla)-Rla, -N(Rla)-C(S)-N(Rla)-Rl a, -N(Rla)-S(0)2-N(Rla)-Rla, -S(O)-Rl a, -S(O)2-Rla, -Rlb, and lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -R b, and all occurrences of optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroarylene, or optionally substituted 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1 , 2, or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -NO2, -CN, -O-Rl a, -S-Rl d, -N(Ru)-RIa, -O-C(O)-RIa, -O-C(S)-Rla, -C(O)-R1", -C(S)-Rla, -C(O)-O-Rla, -C(S)-O-R14, -C(O)-N(Rla)-Rl a, -C(S)-N(RI a)-Rla, -S(O)2-N(R1^R13, -C(0)-N(Rla)-0-Rla, -C(S)-N(Rl a)-O-Rl a, -C(O)-N(Rl a)-S(O)2-RIa, -C(S)-N(Rla)-S(O)2-Rla, -S(O)2-N(Ru)-C(O)-Rl a, -S(O)2-N(R1O-C(S)-R13, -C(NH)-N(R1 a)-Rl a, -N(Rl a)-C(O)-RIa, -N(Rla)-C(S)-RI a, -N(Rl a)-S(O)2-Rl a,
-N(Rl a)-C(O)-N(Rld)-Rla, -N(RIa)-C(S)-N(Rla)-RIa, -N(RI a)-S(O)2-N(RIa)-Rl a, -S(O)-Rl a, -S(O)2-R1", -RIb, and lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, also 1 , 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -Rlb, wherein Rl a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Rl b, and lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -Rl b, and wherein -RI b is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl arc optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
[0053] In some embodiments, all occurrences of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, or optionally substituted lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -CN, -O-Rl a, -S-Rla, -N(Rl a)-Rla, -C(O)-R13, -C(S)-RIa, -C(O)-O-RIa, -C(O)-N(R1 ^)-R1 \ -C(S)-N(Rl a)-Rl a, -S(O)2-N(R1O-R1", -N(Rla)-C(0)-Rla, -N(Rl a)-C(S)-Rl d, -N(Rla)-S(O)2-RI a, -S(O)-R1", -S(O)2-R13, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -0-RIa, -S-Rl a, -N(Rla)-R'\ -C(0)-Rla, -C(S)-Rl a, -C(O)-O-R13, -C(O)-N(Rla)-Rla, -C(S)-N(R1O-R1", -S(O)2-N(R1O-R1 *, -N(R1O-C(O)-R13, -N(R'a)-C(S)-Rla, -N(Rl a)-S(O)2-Rla, -S(O)-R1", -S(O)2-RI a, -Rl b, and lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, also 1 , 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -Rl h, and all occurrences of optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroarylene, or optionally substituted 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1 , 2, or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -O-RIa, -S-Rla, -N(Rl a)-Rla, -C(O)-Rla, -C(S)-Rla, -C(O)-O-Rla, -C(O)-N(R1 a)-Rla, -C(S)-N(Rla)-R! a, -S(O)2-N(Rla)-Rla, -N(Rla)-C(0)-Rla, -N(Rla)-C(S)-Rla, -N(Rla)-S(O)2-RIa, -S(O)-Rla, -S(O)2-Rla, -Rlb, and lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, also 1 , 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -Rlb, wherein Rl a is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Rlb, and lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, also 1 , 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and -RIb, and wherein -RI b is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, also 1, 2 or 3 groups or substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
[0054] "Lower alkoxy" denotes the group -ORZ, where Rz is lower alkyl. "Substituted lower alkoxy" denotes lower alkoxy in which Rz is lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I, including descriptions of substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound. Preferably, substitution of lower alkoxy is with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents. For example "fluoro substituted lower alkoxy" denotes lower alkoxy in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkoxy is substituted with 1. 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1 , 2, or 3 fluoro atoms, It is understood that substitutions on alkoxy are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound. [0055] " Lower alkylthio" denotes the group -SRaa where Raa is lower alkyl "Substituted lower alkylthio" denotes lower dlkylthio in which RM is lower alky] substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the dcscnption of compounds of formula 1. including descriptions of substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, attached at an> available atom to provide a stable compound Preferably, substitution of lower alkvlthio is with 1, 2 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1 , 2, or 3 substituenls For example 'fluoro substituted low ei alkylthio* denotes lower alkylthio in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms where prefcrablv the lower alkylthio is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms It is understood that substitutions on alkylthio are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0056] "Amino" or "amine" denotes the group -NH2 "Mono-alkylamino" denotes the group -NHRbb where Rbb is lower alkyl "Di-alkylamino" denotes the group -NRbbRcc where Rbb and Rcc are independently lower alkyl "Cycloalkylamino" denotes the group -NRΛiRLe, where Rdd and Rec combine with the nitrogen to form a 5-^ membered heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycloalkyl may contain an additional heteroatom within the πng, such as O, N, or S, and may also be further substituted with lower alkyl Examples of 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, pipeπdine, piperazine, 4-methylpiperazine, morphohne, and thiomorpholine Il is understood that when mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino, or cycloalkylamino aie substituents on other moieties, these are chemically feasible and attached at any available atom to provide a stable compound
[0057] As used herein, the term "solid form" refers to a solid preparation (i e a preparation that is neither gas nor liquid) of a pharmaceutically active compound that is suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes The solid form includes any complex, such as a salt, co-crystal or an amorphous complex, as well as any polymorph of the compound The solid form mav be substantially crystalline, semi-crystalline or substantially amorphous The solid form may be administered directly or used in the preparation of a suitable composition having improved pharmaceutical properties For example the solid form may be used in a formulation comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient [0058] As used herein, the term substantially crystalline ' material embraces material which has greater than about 90% crystalhnit>, and "crystalline" material embraces mateπal which has greater than about 98% crystallinity
[0059| As used herein, the term substantially amorphous" mateπal embraces material which has no more than about 10% crystallinity, and "amorphous" mateπal embraces mateπal which has no more than about 2% crystallinity
[0060] As used herein, the term "semi-crystalline" mateπal embraces mateπal which is greater than 10% crystallinity but no greater than 90% crystallinity, preferably "semi-crystallme" material embraces mateπal which is greater than 20% crystallinity, but no greater than 80% crystallinity In one aspect of the present invention, a mixture of solid forms of a compound may be prepared, for example, a mixture of amorphous and crystalline solid forms, e g to provide a "semi-crystallme" solid form Such a "semi-crystalline" solid form may be prepared by methods known in the art for example by mixing an amorphous solid form with a crystalline solid foπn in the desned ratio In some instances, a compound mixed with acid or base forms an amorphous complex, a semi- crystalhne solid can be prepared employing an amount of compound component in excess of the stoichiometry of the compound and acid or base in the amorphous complex, thereby resulting in an amount of the amorphous complex that is based on the stoichiometry thereof, with excess compound in a crystalline foπn The amount of excess compound used in the preparation of the complex can be adjusted to provide the desired ratio of amorphous complex to crystalline compound in the resulting mixture of solid forms For example, where the amorphous complex of acid or base and compound has a l l stoichiometry, preparmg said complex with a 2 1 mole ratio of compound to acid or base will result in a solid form of 50% amorphous complex and 50% crystalline compound Such a mixture of solid forms may be beneficial as a drug product, for example, by providing an amorphous component having improved biopharmaceutical properties along with the crystalline component The amorphous component would be more readily bioavailable while the crystalline component would a delayed bioa\ailabhty Such a mixture may provide both rapid and extended exposuie to the active compound
[0061] As used herein, the term "complex" refers to a combination of a pharmaceutically acti\ e compound and an additional molecular species that forms or produces a new chemical species in a solid form In some instances, the complex may be a salt, i e where the additional molecular species pro\ ides an acid/base counter ion to an acid/base group of the compound resulting in an acid base interaction that foπns a typical salt While such salt forms are typically substantially crystalline the} can also be partially crystalline, substantially amorphous, or amorphous forms In some instances, the additional molecular species, in combination with the pharmaceutically actπ e compound forms a non-salt co-crystal, i e the compound and molecular species do not interact by
Figure imgf000055_0001
of a typical acid base interaction, but still foπn a substantially crystalline structure Co-crystals may also be formed from a salt of the compound and an additional molecular species In some instances the complex is a substantially amorphous complex, which may contain salt-like acid base interactions that do not form typical salt crystals, but instead form a substantially amorphous solid, i e a solid whose X-ray powder diffraction pattern exhibits no sharp peaks (e g exhibits an amorphous halo)
[0062] As used herein, the term "stoichiometry" refers to the molar ratio of two or more reactants that combine to form a complex, for example, the molar ratio of acid or base to compound that form an amorphous complex For example, a l l mixture of acid or base with compound (i e 1 mole acid or base per mole of compound) resulting in an amorphous solid form has a l l stoichiometry
[0063] As used herein, the term "composition" refers to a pharmaceutical preparation suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes that contains at least one pharmaceutically active compound, including any solid form thereof The composition may include at least one pharmaceutically acceptable component to provide an improved formulation of the compound, such as a suitable carrier or excipient
[0064] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" indicates that the indicated material does not have properties that would cause a reasonably prudent medical practitioner to a\oid administration of the material to a patient, taking into consideration the disease or conditions to be treated and the respective route of administration For example, it is commonly required that such a material be essentially sterile, e g for mjectibles
[0065] In the present context, the term "therapeutically effective"' or "effective amount" indicates that the materials or amount of material is effective to pre\ent alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease or medical condition, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated [0066] In the present context, the terms "synergistically effective" or "synergistic effect" indicate that two or more compounds that are therapeutically effective, when used in combination, provide improved therapeutic effects greater than the additive effect that would be expected based on the effect of each compound used by itself
[0067] In the context of compounds binding to a target the terms> "greater affinity" and "selective" indicates that the compound binds more tightly than a reference compound, or than the same compound in a reference condition, J e , with a lower dissociation constant In some embodiments, the greater affinity is at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 50, 100, 200, 400, 500, 1000, or 10,000-fold greater affinity
[0068] As used herein in connection with compounds of the invention, the term ''synthesizing" and like terms means chemical synthesis from one or more precursor materials
[0069] By "assaying" is meant the creation of expeπmental conditions and the gathering of data regarding a particular result of the expeπmental conditions For example, enzymes can be assayed based on their ability to act upon a detectable substrate A compound or hgand can be assayed based on its ability to bind to a particular target molecule or molecules
[0070] As used herein, the term "modulating" or "modulate" refers to an effect of altering a biological activity, especially a biological activity associated with a particular biomolecule such as a protein kinase For example, an agonist or antagonist of a particular biomolecule modulates the activity of that biomolecule, e g , an enzyme, by either increasing (e g agonist, activator), or decreasing (e g antagonist, inhibitor) the activity of the biomolecule, such as an enzyme Such activity is typically indicated in terms of an inhibitory concentration (IC50) or excitation concentration (EC30) of the compound for an inhibitor or activator, respectively with respect to, for example, an enzyme
[0071] In the context of the use, testing, or screening of compounds that are or may be modulators, the term "'contacting' means that the compound(s) are caused to be in sufficient proximity to a particulai molecule, complex, cell, tissue, organism, or other specified material that potential binding interactions and/or chemical reaction betw een the compound and other specified material can occur [0072] The present invention concerns compounds of Formula I. and all sub-generic formulae, that are modulators of protein kinases, for example without limitation, the compounds are modulators ot at least one of the kinases selected from the group consisting of AbI, Λktl, Akt2, Akt3, ALK, Alk5, B-Raf, Brk, Btk, Cdk2, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CHKl , c-Raf-1 , Csk, EGFR, EphAl , EphA2, EphB2, EphB4, Erk2. Fak, FGFRl , FGFR2. FGFR3, FGFR4, Fltl , Flt3, Flt4, Fms. Frk, Fyn. Gsk3α, Gsk3β, HCK, Her2/Erbb2, Her4/Erbb4, IGFlR, IKK beta, Irak4, Itk, Jakl, Jak2, Jak3, Jnkl , Jnk2, Jnk3, Kdr, Kit, Lck, Lyn, MAP2K1, MAP2K2, MAP4K4, MAPKAPK2, Met, Mnkl , MI Kl , mTOR, p38, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, PDPKl, PDKα, PI3K& P13K5, P13Kγ, Pim l , Pim2, Pim3, PKC alpha, PKC beta, PKC theta, Plkl, Pyk2, Ret, ROCKl, ROCK2, Ron, Src, Stk6, Syk, TEC, Tie2, frkA, TrkB, Yes, and Zap70, and the use of such compounds in the treatment of diseases or conditions
Kinase targets and indications of the invention
[0073] Protein kinases play key roles in propagating biochemical signals in diverse biological pathways More than 500 kinases have been descnbed, and specific kinases have been implicated m a wide range of diseases or conditions (i e , indications), including for example without limitation, cancer, cardiovascular disease, inflammatory disease, neurological disease, and other diseases As such, kinases represent important control points for small molecule therapeutic intervention Specific target protein kinases contemplated by the present invention are descnbed in the art, including without limitation, protein kinases as described in US Patent Application Serial number 1 1 '473 347 (see also, PCT publication WO2007002433), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, including all specifications, figures, and tables, and for all purposes, as well as the following
[0074] A-Raf; Target kinase A-Raf (i e , v-raf murine sarcoma 361 1 viral oncogene homolog 1) is a 67 6 kDa serme/thieonme kinase encoded by chromosome XpI 1 4-pl 1 2 (symbol ARAF) The matuie protein comprises RBD (i c , Ras binding domain) and phorbol-ester/DAG-type zinc finger domain and is involved in the transduction of mitogenic signals from the cell membrane to the nucleus A-Raf inhibitors may be useful in treating neurologic diseases such as mulii-infarct dementia, head mjurv, spinal Lord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovanan), lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma), neurofibromatosis, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, pam of neuropathic or inflammatory oπgin, including acute pain, chronic pain, cancer-related pain and migraine and diseases associated with muscle regeneration or degeneration, including, but not limited to, vascular restenosis, sarcopema, muscular dystrophies (including, but not limited to, Duchenne, Becker, Emery-Dreifuss, Limb-Girdle, Facioscapulohumeral, Myotonic, Oculopharyngeal, Distal and Congenital Muscular Dystrophies), motor neuron diseases (including, but not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, infantile progressive spmal musculai atiophy, intermediate spinal muscular atrophy, juvenile spinal muscular atrophy, spmal bulbar muscular atrophy, and adult spinal muscular atrophy), inflammatory myopathies (including, but not limited to, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, and inclusion body myositis), diseases of the neuromuscular junction (including, but not limited to, myasthenia gravis, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, and congenital myasthenic syndrome), myopathies due to endocrine abnormalities (including, but not limited to, hypothyroid myopathy and hypothyroid myopathy) diseases of peripheral nerve (including, but not limited to, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, Dejeπne Sottas disease, and Friedreich's ataxia), other myopathies (including, but not limited to, myotonia congenita, paramyotonia congenita, central core disease, nemahne myopathy, myotubular myopathy, and periodic paralysis), and metabolic diseases of muscle (including, but not limited to, phosphorylase deficiency, acid maltase deficiency, phosphofructokmase deficiency, debrancher enzyme deficiency, mitochondrial myopathy, carnitine deficiency, carnitine palmatyl transferase deficiency, phosphoglycerate kinase deficiency, phosphoglycerate mutase deficiency, lactate dehydrogenase deficiency, and myoadenylate deaminase deficiency)
[0075] B-Raf: Target kinase B-Raf (i e , v-raf murine sarcoma \ iral oncogene homolog B l) is a 84 4 kDa seπne/threomne kinase encoded by chromosome 7q34 (symbol BRAF) The mature protein compπses RBD (i e , Ras binding domain), Cl (i e protein kinase C conserved region 1) and STK (i e , serine/threonine kinase) domains
[0076] l arget kinase B-Raf is involved in the transduction of mitogenic signals from the cell membrane to the nucleus and may play a role in the postsynaptic responses of hippocampal neurons Λs such, genes of the RAF family encode kinases that are regulated by Ras and mediate cellular responses to growth signals Indeed, B-Raf kinase is a key component of the RAS->Raf-> MEK->ERK/MΛP kinase signaling pathway, which plays a fundamental role m the regulation of cell growth, division and proliferation, and, when constitutrv ely activated, causes tumongenesis Among several isoforms of Raf kinase, the B-type, or B-Raf, is the strongest activator of the downstream MAP kinase signaling.
[0077] The BRAF gene is frequently mutated in a variety of human tumors, especially in malignant melanoma and colon carcinoma. The most common reported mutation was a missense thymine (T) to adenine (A) transversion at nucleotide 1796 (T 1796 A; amino acid change in the B-Raf protein is Val<600> to Glu<600> ) observed in 80% of malignant melanoma tumors. Functional analysis reveals that this transversion is the only detected mutation that causes constitutive activation of B- Raf kinase activity, independent of RAS activation, by converting B-Raf into a dominant transforming protein. Based on precedents, human tumors develop resistance to kinase inhibitors by mutating a specific amino acid in the catalytic domain as the "gatekeeper". (Balak, et. al., Clin Cancer Res. 2006, 12:6494-501). Mutation of Thr-529 in BRAF to lie is thus anticipated as a mechanism of resistance to BRAF inhibitors, and this can be envisioned as a transition in codon 529 from ACC to ATC.
[0078] Niihori et al., report that in 43 individuals with cardio-facio-cutanεous (CFC) syndrome, they identified two heterozygous KRAS mutations in three individuals and eight BRAF mutations in 16 individuals, suggesting that dysregulation of the RAS-RAF-ERK pathway is a common molecular basis for the three related disorders (Niihori et al., Nat Genet. 2006, 38 (3): 294-6).
[0079] c-Raf-1 : Target kinase c-Raf-1 (i.e., v-raf murine sarcoma viral oncogene homolog 1) is a 73.0 kDa STK encoded by chromosome 3p25 (symbol: RAFl). c-Raf- 1 can be targeted to to the mitochondria by BCL2 (i.e., oncogene B-cell leukemia 2) which is a regulator of apoptotic cell death. Active c-Raf-1 improves BCL2-mediated resistance to apoptosis, and c-Raf-1 phosphorylates BΛD (i.e., BCL2-binding protein). c-Raf- 1 is implicated in carcinomas, including colorectal, ovarian, lung and renal cell carcinoma. C-Raf- 1 is also implicated as an important mediator of tumor angiogenesis (Hood, J.D. et al., 2002, Science 296, 2404). C-Raf- 1 inhibitors may also be useful for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndromes (Crump, Curr Phaπn Des 2002, 8(25) 2243-8). Raf-1 activators may be useful as treatment for neuroendocrine tumors, such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma (Kunnimalaiyaan et al.. Anticancer Drugs 2006, 17(2): 139-42). (0080] Raf inhibitors (A-Raf and/or B-Raf and/or c-Raf-1) may be useful in treating Λ-Raf- mediated, B-Raf-mediated or c-Raf- 1 -mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of neurologic diseases, including, but not limited to, multi-infarct dementia, head injury, spinal cord injury, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Parkinson's disease, neoplastic diseases including, but not limited to, melanoma, glioma, sarcoma, carcinoma (e g colorectal, lung, breast, pancreatic, thyroid, renal, ovarian) lymphoma (e g histiocytic lymphoma) neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, myelodysplasia syndrome, leukemia, tumor angiogenesis, neuroendocrine tumors such as medullary thyroid cancer, carcinoid, small cell lung cancer and pheochromocytoma, pam of neuropathic or inflammatory origin, including, but not limited to, acute pam, chronic pain, cancer- related pain, and migraine, cardiovascular diseases, including, but not limited to, heart failure, ischemic stroke, cardiac hypertrophy, thrombosis (e g thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes), atherosclerosis, and reperfusion injury, inflammation including, but not limited to, psoriasis, arthritis and autoimmune diseases and conditions, osteoarthritis, endometπosis, scarring, vascular restenosis, fibrotic disorders, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), immunodeficiency diseases, including, but not limited to, organ transplant rejection, graft versus host disease, renal or prostatic diseases, including, but not limited to, diabetic nephropathy, polycystic kidney disease, nephrosclerosis, glomerulonephritis, prostate hyperplasia, metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, obesity, infection, including, but not limited to, Helicobacter pylon Hepatitis and Influenza viruses, fever, and sepsis, pulmonary diseases, including, but not limited to, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ΛRDS), genetic developmental diseases, including, but not limited to, Noonan's syndrome, Costello syndrome, (faciocutaneoskeletal syndrome), LEOPARD syndrome, cardio-faciocutaneous syndrome (CFC), and neural crest syndrome abnormalities causing cardiovascular, skeletal, intestinal, skin, hair and endocπne diseases
[0081] PI3 kinase family: Phosphomositide 3-kinases (PI3K) are a family of enzymes that phosphor), late phosphotidyhnositol One of the key signaling pathw ays in all eukaryotic cells mvol\ es this second messenger phosphatidyhnositol 3,4,5-triphosphate (PIP3) PIP3 is generated from phosphatidyhnositol 4,5-diphosphate (PIP2) by ATP dependent phosphorylation at the 3-position of the inositol nng This reaction is catalyzed by the PI3-kinase family of lipid kinases The PI3K family includes three main classes with vaπed substrate specificity Class I, in addition to phosphorylating PT, also phosphoiylates PT(4)P and PI(4,5)P2 Class II phosphorylates PI and PI(4)P Class III phosphorylatcs only Pl Class 1 P13K is a heterodimeπc molecule composed of a catalytic subunit and a regulatory subumt. wherein for type IA PBK, one of five regulatory subumts, p85α, p55a, p50a, p85/3 or p55γ is attached to a pl lOα, p i 10/3, or pi 105 catalytic subunit, and plO l regulatory subumts and pi 10 7 catalytic subumts comprise type IB PI3K These sub classes are typically rcfercd to as PB Ka, PBK1S, PBKδ and PBKγ based on the corresponding catalytic subunit The pi 1OQ: and pi 10/3 are constitutively expressed in all cell types, while pi 1Oo is expressed mainly in leukocytes and some epithelial cells, and pi 107 expression is limited to leukocytes Dysregulation of the Type 1 PB-kinases is a frequent event in a vaπety of human diseases F01 example, PB kmase-α is frequently mutated in breast, colorectal, and many other cancers Furthermore, knockout of the 7-isoform, which is primarily expressed in hematopoietic cells, results in mice that are resistant to a variety of inflammatory insults
[0082] PB kinases are targets foi tumor therapy, as the pathway is regulated by RAS, and is constitutively activated in a vaπety of human tumors For example, somatic mutations that activate PBKα have been identified, most frequently in the helical domain (E545K and E542K) and kinase domain (H1047R) of pi 1Oa (e g Engelman et al , Nature medicine 2008, 14(12) 1351- 1355) Thus, inhibitors of PBK may be used m the treatment of a vaπety of cancers, including, but not limited to, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, cndometnal cancer, gastπc carcinomas, hepatocellular carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, small and non-small cell lung cancer, thyroid carcinoma, lymphomas, multiple myelomas, leukemias (e g acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia), neuroblastomas and glioblastomas
[0083] PB kinase inhibitors are usefull in treating a variety of other diseases, including, but not limited to inflammatory disease, including, but not limited to, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchitis, emphysema, eosinophiha, lung fibrosis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, sepsis, septic shock, inflammatory myopathics, meningitis., encephalitis, lacrimal parotid gland syndiome, acute iespii atory distress syndrome and pancreatitis, graft vs host disease, allergies, including, but not limited to, allergic rhinitis, type I hypersensitivity reactions, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, and eczema, cardiovascular disease, including, but not limited to, atherosclerosis, pulmonary hypertension, deep venous thrombosis, stroke myocardial infarction, myocardial contractility disorders, ischemia, thromoemolis,m, pulmonary embolism, acute arterial ischemia, peripheral thrombotic occlusions, coronary artery disease and acute coronary syndrome, autoimmune disease, including, but not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, autoimmune gastritis, type I diabetes, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, atopic deimatitis, myasthenia gravis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, and Sjogren's syndrome
[0084] mTQR: The mammalian target of rapamycm (ml OR) is a serine/ threonine protein kinase involved m the regulation of cell growth and proliferation, including the regulation of response of tumor cells to nutnents and growth factors Inhibitors of mTOR arc effective m treating a variety of tumors, including, but not limited to, neuronal tumors, breast cancer, prostate cancer, acute myelogenous leukemia, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer and myeloma
Kinase Activity Assays
[0085] Λ number of different assays for kinase activity can be utilized for assaying for active modulators and/or determining specificity of a modulator for a particular kinase or group or kinases In addition to the assay mentioned m the Examples below, one of ordinary skill in the art will know of other assays that can be utilized and can modify an assay for a particular application For example, numerous papers concerning kinases describe assays that can be used
[0086] Additional alternative assays can employ binding determinations For example, this son of assay can be formatted either in a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRFT) format, or using an AlphaScreen (amplified /ummescent/jroximity Λomogeneous assay) format by varying the donor and acceptor reagents that arc attached to streptavidm or the phosphor-specific antibody
Organic Synthetic Techniques
[0087] A wide array of organic synthetic techniques exist m the art to facilitate the construction of potential modulators Many of these organic synthetic methods arc dcscπbcd in detail in standard reference sources utilized by those skilled in the art One example of such a reference is March, 1994, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, New York, McGraw Hill Thus, the techniques useful to synthesize a potential modulator of kinase function are readily available to those skilled in the art of organic chemical synthesis
Alternative Compound Forms or Derivatives
[0088] Compounds contemplated herein are descnbed with reference to both geneπc formulae and specific compounds In addition, invention compounds may exist in a number of diffeient forms or derivatives, all within the scope of the present invention Alternative forms or dcπvatives, include, for example, (a) prodrugs, and active metabolites (b) tautomers, isomers (including stereoisomers and regioisomers), and racemic mixtures (c) pharmaceutically acceptable salts and (d) solid forms, including different crystal forms, polymorphic or amorphous solids, including hydrates and solvates thereof, and other forms
(a) Prodrugs and Metabolites
[0089] In addition to the present formulae and compounds described heiein, the invention also includes prodrugs (generally pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs), active metabolic dcπvatives (active metabolites), and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
[0090] Prodrugs are compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which, when metabolized under physiological conditions or when converted by solvolysis, yield the desired active compound Prodrugs include, without limitation, esters, amides, carbamates, carbonates, ureides, solvates, or hydrates of the active compound Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide one or more advantageous handling, administration, and/or metabolic properties For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound, during metabolysis, the ester group is cleaved to yield the active drag Fsters include, for example, esters of a carboxyhc acid group, or S-acyl or O-acyl derivatives of thiol, alcohol, or phenol groups In this context, a common example is an alkyl ester of a carboxyhc acid Prodrugs may also include variants wherein an -TvH group of the compound has undergone acylation, such as the 1 -position of the pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyπdme πng or the nitrogen of the sulfonamide group of compounds of the present invention (e g compounds of Formula I), where cleavage of the acyl group provides the tree -NH group of the active drag Some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound may undergo further chemical reactionto yield the active compound Prodrugs may proceed from prodrug form to active form in a single step or may ha\ e one or more intermediate forms which may themselves have activity or may he inactive
[0091] As descπbed in The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Ch 31-32 (Ed Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2001), prodrugs can be conceptually drvided into two non-exclusive categoπes, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs Generally bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds that are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding acti\ e drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis Both the acti\ e drug foπn and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity Typically, the formation of active drug compound involves a metabolic process or reaction that is one of the following types
[0092] Oxidative reactions Oxidative reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as oxidation of alcohol, carbonyl, and acid functionalities, hydroxylation of aliphatic carbons, hydroxy lation of alicyclic carbon atoms, oxidation of aromatic carbon atoms, oxidation of carbon- carbon double bonds, oxidation of nitrogen-containing functional groups, oxidation of silicon, phosphorus, arsenic, and sulfur, oxidative N-dcalkylation, oxidative O- and S-dealkylation, oxidative deamination, as well as other oxidative reactions
[0093] Reductive reactions Reductive reactions are exemplified without limitation by reactions such as reduction of carbonyl functionahtites, reduction of alcohol functionalities and carbon-carbon double bonds, reduction of nitrogen-containing functional groups, and other reduction reactions
10094] Reactions without change in the oxidation state Reactions without change in the state of oxidation are exemplified without limitation to reactions such as hydrolysis of esters and ethers, hydro lytic cleavage of carbon-nitrogen single bonds, hydrolytic cleavage of non-aromatic heterocycles, hydration and dehydration at multiple bonds, new atomic linkages resulting from dehydration reactions, hydrolytic dehalogenation, removal of hydrogen hahde molecule, and other such reactions
|0095] Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, c g that improves uptake and/ or localized delivery to a site(s) of action Desirably for such a earner prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less actn e than the drug compound, the prodrug and any release transport moiety are acceptably non-toxic For prodrugs where the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake, typicall} the release of the transport moiety should be rapid In other cases, it is desirable to utilize a moiety that provides slow release, e g , certain polymers or other moieties, such as cyclodextnns (See e g , Cheng et al , U S Patent Publ No 20040077595 App No 10 656,838, incorporated herein by reference ) Such earner prodrugs are often advantageous for orally administered drugs In some instances, the transport moiety provides targeted delivery of the drug, for example the drug may be conjugated to an antibody or antibody fragment Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the follow mg properties increased lipophihcily, increased duration of pharmacological effects, increased site-specificity, decreased toxicity and adverse reactions and/or improvement in drug formulation (e g , stability, w ater solubility, suppression of an undesirable organoleptic or physiochemical property) For example, lipophilicity can be increased by esteπfication of hydroxyl groups with lipophilic carboxyhc acids, or of carboxylic acid groups with alcohols, e g , aliphatic alcohols Wermuth, supia
[0096] Metabolites, e g , actn e metabolites, overlap with prodrugs as descπbed abo\e, e g , bioprecursor prodrugs Thus, such metabolites are pharmacologically active compounds or compounds that further metabolize to pharmacologically active compounds that are derivatives resulting from metabolic processes in the body of a subject Of these, active metabolites are such pharmacologically active derivative compounds For prodrugs, the prodrug compound is generally inactive or of lower activity than the metabolic product For active metabolites, the parent compound may be either an activ e compound or may be an inactive prodrug For example, in some compounds, one or more alkoxy groups can be metabolized to hydroxyl groups while retaining pharmacologic activity and/or carboxyl groups can be esteπfied e g , glucuronidation In some cases, there can be more than one metabolite, where an intermediate mctabohte(s) is further metabolized to provide an active metabolite For example, in some cases a derivative compound resulting from metabolic slucuronidation may be inactive or of low activity, and can be further metabolized to provide an actπ e metabolite
[0097] Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as those descπbed herein See, e g , Bertolmi et al 1997, J Med Chem , 40 2011-2016, Shan et al , 1997, J Pharm Sci 86(7) 756-757, Bagshawe, 1995, Dπig Dev Res , 34 220-230 Wermuth, mpra
(b) Tautomers, Stereoisomers, and Regioisomers
[0098] It is understood that some compounds may exhibit tautomeπsm In such cases, the formulae provided herein expressly depict only one of the possible tautomeric forms It is therefore to be understood that the formulae provided herein are intended to represent any tautomeπc form of the depicted compounds and are not to be limited merely to the specific tautomeric form depicted by the drawings of the formulae
[0099] Likewise, some of the compounds according to the present invention may exist as stereoisomers, i e ha\mg the same atomic connectivity of covalently bonded atoms yet differing in the spatial oπentation of the atoms For example compounds may be optical stereoisomers, which contain one or more chiral centers, and therefore, may exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms (e g enantiomers or diastereomers) Thus, such compounds may be present as single stereoisomers (i e , essentially free of other stereoisomers), racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers As another example, stereoisomers include geometric isomers, such as cis- or trans- oπentation of substituents on adjacent carbons of a double bond All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof are intended to be wilhin the scope of the piesent invention Unless specified to the contrary, all such steroisomeπc forms are included within the formulae provided herein
[0100] In some embodiments, a chiral compound of the present invention is in a form that contains at least 80% of a single isomer (60% enantiomeric excess ("e e ") or diasteieomenc excess ("d e ")), or at least 85% (70% e e or d e ), 90% (80% e e or d e ), 95% (90% e e or d e ), 97 5% (95% e e or d e ), or 99% (98% e e or d e ) As generally understood by those skilled in the art, an optically pure compound having one chiral center is one that consists essentially of one of the two possible enantiomers (i e is enantiomeπcally pure) and an optically pure compound
Figure imgf000066_0001
more than one chiral center i^ one that is. both diastereomeπcally pure and enantiomencally pure In some embodiments, the compound is present in optically pure form, such optically pure form being prepared and/or isolated by methods known in the art (e g by recrystalhzation techniques, chiral synthetic techniques (including synthesis from optically pure starting materials), and chromatographic separation using a chiral column.
(c) Pharmaceutically acceptable salts
[0101] Unless specified to the contrary, specification of a compound herein includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compound. Thus, compounds of Formula I can be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or can be formulated as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Contemplated pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, without limitation, mono, bis, tris, tetrakis, and so on. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are non-toxic in the amounts and concentrations at which they are administered. The preparation of such salts can facilitate the pharmacological use by altering the physical characteristics of a compound without preventing it from exerting its physiological effect. Useful alterations in physical properties include lowering the melting point to facilitate transmucosal administration and increasing the solubility to facilitate administering higher concentrations of the drug. A compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, and accordingly can react with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
[0102] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts such as those containing chloride, bromide, iodide, hydrochloride, acetate, phcnylacctatc, acrylate, ascorbate, aspartate, bcnzoate, 2-phenoxybenzoate, 2-acetoxybenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, hydroxyberuzoate, methoxybenzoate, methylbenzoate, bicarbonate, butyne-1,4 dioate, hexyne-l,6-dioate, caproate, caprylate, chlorobenzoate, cinnamate, citrate, decanoate, foπnate, fumarate, glycolate, gluconate, glucarate, glucuronate, glucose-6-phosphate, glutamate, heptanoate, hexanoate, isethionate, isobutyrate, gamma-hydroxybutyratc, phcnylbutyrate, lactate, malate, maleate, hydroxymaleate, methylmaleate, malonate, mandelate, nicotinate, nitrate, isonicotinate, octanoate, oleate, oxalate, pamoate, phosphate, monohydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, orthophosphate, metaphosphate, pyrophosphate, 2-phosphoglycerate, 3-phosphoglycerate, phthalate, propionate, phenylpropionate, propiolate, pyruvate, quinate, salicylate, 4-aminosalicylate, scbacate, stearatc, suberate, succinate, sulfate, pyrosulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, sulfamate, sulfonate, benzenesulfonate (i.e. besylate), ethanesulfonate (i.e. esylate), ethane- 1,2-di sulfonate, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate (i.e. isethionate), methanesulfonate (i.e. mesylate), naphthalene- 1- sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate (i e napsylate), propanesulfonate, /?-toluenesulfonate (i e tosylate), xylenesulfonates, cyclohex.ylsulfamate, tartrate and trifluoroacetate These phamnaccutically acceptable acid addition salts can be prepared using the appropπate corresponding acid
[0103] When acidic functional groups, such as carboxy he acid or phenol are present pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include basic addition salts such as those containing benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, ethanolamine, diethanolamme, tπethanolamme. t-butylamme, dicyclohexylamine, ethylenediamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, meglumine, hydroxyethylpyrrolidine, pipeπdme, moφhohne, piperazine, procaine, aluminum, calcium copper, iron, lithium, magnesium, manganese, potassium, sodium, zinc, ammonium, and mono-, di-, or tπ- alkylamines (e g diethylamme), or salts deπvcd from ammo acids such as L-histidine, L-glycme, L-lysme, and L-argmine For example, see Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th ed , Mack Publishing Co , Easton, PA, VoI 2, p 1457, 1995 These pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared using the appropriate corresponding base
[0104] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared by standard techniques For example, the free-base form of a compound can be dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as an aqueous or aqueous- alcohol solution containing the appropriate acid and then isolated by evaporating the solution In another example, a salt can be prepared by reacting the free base and acid in an organic solvent If the particular compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an appropπate inorganic or organic base
(d) Other compound forms
[0105] In the case of agents that arc solids, it is understood bv those skilled m the art that the compounds and salts may exist in different crystal or polymorphic forms, or may be formulated as co-crystals, or may be in an amorphous form or may be any combination thereof (e g partially crystalline, partially amorphous, or mixtures of polymorphs) all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae Whereas salts are formed bv acid/ base addition, i e a free base or free acid of the compound of interest forms an acid/base reaction with a corresponding addition base or addition acid, respectn ely, resulting in an ionic charge interaction co-crystals are a new chemical species that is formed between neutral compounds, resulting in the compound and an additional molecular species in the same crystal structuie
[0106] In some instances, compounds of the invention are complexed with an acid or a base, including base addition salts such as ammonium, diethylamine. ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, diethanolamme, t-butylamine, piperazine, meglumine, acid addition salts, such as acetate, acetylsalicylate, besylate, camsylate, citrate, formate, fumarate, glutarate, hydrochlorate, maleatc, mesylate, nitrate, oxalate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate and tosylate, and amino acids such as alanine, arginine, asparagme, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, seπne, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine or valine In combining the compound of the invention with the acid or base, an amorphous complex is preferably formed rather than a crystalline matenal such as a typical salt or co-crystal. In some instances, the amorphous form of the complex is facilitated by additional processing, such as by spray-drying, mechanochemical methods such as roller compaction, or microwave irradiation of the parent compound mixed with the acid or base Such amorphous complexes provide seveial advantages For example, lowering of the melting temperature relative to the free base tacilitiatcs additional processing, such as hot melt extrusion, to further improve the biopharmaceutical properties of the compound. Also, the amorphous complex is readily friable, which provides improved compression for loading of the solid into capsule or tablet form
[0107] Additionally, the formulae are intended to cover hydrated or solvated as well as unhydrated or unsolvated forms of the identified structures For example, the indicated compounds include both hydrated and non-hydrated forms. Other examples of solvates include the structures in combination with a suitable solvent, such as isopropanol, elhanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine
Formulations and Administration
[0108] The methods and compounds will typically be used in therapy for human subjects, However, they may also be used to treat similar or identical indications in other animal subjects Compounds of Formula I can be administered by different routes, including injection (i c parenteral, including intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, and intramuscular), oral, transdermal, transmucosal, rectal, or inhalant Such dosage forms should allow the compound to reach target cells. Other factors are well known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and dosage forms thai retard the compound or composition from exerting its effects. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st edition, Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, PΛ, 2005 (hereby incorporated by reference herein).
[0109] In some embodiments, compositions will comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, such as fillers, binders, disintegrants, glidants, lubricants, complexing agents, solubilizers, and surfactants, which may be chosen to facilitate administration of the compound by a particular route. Examples of carriers include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars such as lactose, glucose, or sucrose, types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, lipids, liposomes, nanoparticles, and the like. Carriers also include physiologically compatible liquids as solvents or for suspensions, including, for example, sterile solutions of water for injection (WFI), saline solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, vegetable oils, mineral oils, animal oils, polyethylene glycols, liquid paraffin, and the like. Excipients may also include, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide, silica gel, talc, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, sodium aluminosilieate, magnesium trisilicatc, powdered cellulose, macrocrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium benzoate. calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, stearic acid, aluminum stearate, calcium stearate, magnesium stcarate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, syloid, stearowet C, magnesium oxide, starch, sodium starch glycolate, glyceryl monostcarate, glyceryl dibchenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated cotton seed oil, castor seed oil mineral oil, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 4000-8000), polyoxyethylene glycol, poloxamers, povidone, crospovidone, croscarmellose sodium, alginic acid, casein, methacrylic acid divinylben7ene copolymer, sodium docusate, cyclodextrins (e,g, 2- hydroxypropyl-. delta. -cyclodextrin), polysorbatcs (e.g. polysorbate 80), cetrimide, TPGS (d-alpha- tocopheryl polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate), magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol ethers, di-fatty acid ester of polyethylene glycols, or a polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatly acid ester (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester T ween®), polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid ester, e.g. a sorbitan fatty acid ester from a fatty acid such as oleic, stearic or palmitic acid, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, maltose, lactose, lactose monohydrate or lactose spray dried, sucrose, fructose, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, tribasie calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, dexlrates, dextran. dextrin, dextrose, cellulose acetate, maltodextrin, simethicone, polydextrosem, chitosan, gelatin. HPMC (hydroxy propyl methyl celluloses), HPC (hydroxypropyl cellulose), hydroxyethyl cellulose, hypromellαse, and the like.
[0110] In some embodiments, oral administration may be used. Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be formulated into conventional oral dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, and concentrated drops. Compounds of Formula I may be combined with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain, for example, tablets, coated tablets, hard capsules, soft capsules, solutions (e.g. aqueous, alcoholic, or oily solutions) and the like. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, glucose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, com starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone); oily excipients, including vegetable and animal oils, such as sunflower oil, olive oil, or codliver oil. The oral dosage formulations may also contain disintegrating agents, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid, or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate; a lubricant, such as talc or magnesium stearate; a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol; a sweetening such as sucrose, fructose, lactose, or aspartame; a natural or artificial flavoring agent, such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavoring; or dye-stuffs or pigments, which may be used for identification or characterization of different doses or combinations. Also provided are dragee cores with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain, for example, gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
[0111] Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin ("gelcaps"), as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
[0112] In some embodiments, injection (parenteral administration) may be used, e.g., intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and/or subcutaneous. Compounds of Formula I for injection may be formulated in sterile liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers, or solutions, such as saline solution, Hank's solution, or Ringer's solution Dispersions may also be prepared in non-aqueous solutions, such as glycerol, propylene glycol, ethanol, liquid polyethylene glycols, tπacetm, and vegetable oils Solutions may also contain a preservative, such as methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like In addition, the compounds may be formulated in solid form, including, for example, lyophihzed forms, and redissolvcd or suspended pπor to use
[0113] In some embodiments, transmucosal, topical or transdermal administration may be used In such formulations of compounds of Formula I, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, tor example, tor transmucosal administration, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives In addition, detergents may be used to facilitate permeation Transmucosal administration, for example, may be through nasal sprays or suppositoπes (rectal or vaginal) Compositions of compounds of Formula I for topical administration may be formulated as oils, creams, lotions, ointments, and the like by choice of appropriate carriers known in the art Suitable earners include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils animal fats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than C12) In some embodiments, earners are selected such that the activ e ingredient is soluble Emulsifiers, stabilizers, humectants and antioxidants may also be included as well as agents imparting color or fragrance, if desired Creams tor topical application are preferably formulated from a mixture of mineral oil, self-emulsifying beeswax and water m which mixture the active ingredient, dissolved in a small amount of solvent (e g , an oil), is admixed Additionally, administration by transdermal means may comprise a transdermal patch or dressing such as a bandage impregnated with an active ingredient and optionally one or more earners or diluents known in the art To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen
[0114] In some embodiments, compounds are administered as inhalants Compounds of Foi inula I may be fonnulated as diy pow der or a suitable solution, suspension, or aerosol Powders and solutions may be formulated with suitable additives known in the art For example, powders may include a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch, and solutions may comprise propylene glycol, stenle water, ethanol, sodium chlonde and other additives, such as acid, alkali and buffer salts Such solutions or suspensions may be administered by inhaling \ ia spray, pump, atomizer, or nebulizer, and the like The compounds of Foπnula I may also be used in combination with other inhaled theiapies, foi example corticosteroids such as fluticasone propπonatc, bcclomethasone dipropionate, triamcinolone acetonide, budesonide, and mometasone furoate, beta agonists such as albuterol, salmeterol, and formoterol, anticholinergic agents such as ipratropπum bromide or tiotropium, vasodilators such as treprostmal and lloprost, enzymes such as DNAase, therapeutic proteins, immunoglobulin antibodies, an oligonucleotide, such as single or double stranded DNA or RNA, siRNA, antibiotics such as tobramycin, muscarinic receptor antagonists, leukotπene antagonists, cytokine antagonists, protease inhibitors, cromolyn sodium, nedocπl sodium, and sodium cromoglycate
[0115] The amounts of vaπous compounds to be administered can be determined by standard procedures taking into account factors such as the compound activity (in vitro, e g the compound IC50 vs target, or in vivo activity in animal efficacy models), pharmacokinetic iesults in animal models (e g biological half-life or bioavailability), the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the disorder associated with the subject The importance of these and other factors are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art Generally, a dose will be in the range of about 0 01 to 50 mg/kg, also about 0 1 to 20 mg/kg of the subject being treated Multiple doses ma) be used
[0116] The compounds of Foπnula I may also be used in combination with other therapies for treating the same disease Such combination use includes administration of the compounds and one or more other therapeutics at different times, or co-administration of the compound and one or more other therapies In some embodiments, dosage may be modified for one or more of the compounds of the invention or other therapeutics used in combination, e g , reduction in the amount dosed relative to a compound or therapy used alone, by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art
[0117] It is understood that use in combmation includes use with other therapies, drugs, medical procedures etc where the other therapy or procedure may be administered at different times (e g within a short time such as wilhm hours (e g 1 , 2, 3, 4-24 hours), or within a longer time (e g 1 -2 days, 2-4 days, 4-7 day s 1 -4 weeks)) than a compound of Formula I or at the same time as a compound of Formula I Use in combination also includes use with a therapy or medical proceduie that is administered once or infrequently such as surgery, along with a compound of Formula I
7: administered within a short time or longer time before or after the other therapy or procedure In some embodiments, the present invention provides for delivery of a compound of Formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by a different route of administration or by the same route of administration. The use in combination for any route of administration includes delivery of a compound of Formula I and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by the same route of administration together in any formulation, including formulations where the two compounds are chemically linked in such a way that they maintain their therapeutic activity when administered, In one aspect, the other drug therapy may be co-administered with a compound of Formula I. Use in combination by co-administration includes administration of co-formulations or formulations of chemically joined compounds, or administration of two or more compounds in separate formulations within a short time of each other (e.g. within an hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, up to 24 hours), administered by the same or different routes. Co- administration of separate formulations includes coadministration by delivery via one device, for example the same inhalant device, the same syringe, etc., or administration from separate devices within a short time of each other. Co -formulations of a compound of Formula I and one or more additional drug therapies delivered by the same route includes preparation of the matenals together such that they can be administered by one device, including the separate compounds combined in one formulation, or compounds that are modified such that they are chemically joined, yet still maintain their biological activity Such chemically joined compounds may have a linkage that is substantially maintained in vivo, or the linkage may break down in vivo, separating the two active components.
EXAMPLES
[0118] Examples related to the present invention are described below. In most cases, alternative techniques can be used. The examples are intended to be illustrative and are not limiting or restrictive to the scope of the invention. In some examples, the mass spectrometry result indicated for a compound may have more than one value due to the isotope distribution of an atom in the molecule, such as a compound having a bromo or chloro substituent
[01 19] Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the Formula enumeration and R group enumeration used in the following examples is not related to such enumeration in other sections of this application. The reagents and solvents used in these examples can be readily substituted with appropriate alternatives as are known in the art and isolation of products is readily achieved by methods known in the art, including, but not limited to, extraction, crystallization, and chromatographic methods,
[0120] Ring numbering for the lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinc in the following Examples is as follows:
Figure imgf000075_0001
Example 1: Preparation of lH-pyrazoIo[3,4-blpyridine intermediates:
[0121] lH-Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds known in the art may be used in the preparation of starting materials for use in the synthesis of compounds described herein. For example, 5-halo-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine can be used to provide starting materials with suitable substitutions at the 5-position of the lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine, e.g. according to the following Schemes 1-IX,
Scheme I
Figure imgf000075_0002
[0122] 5-methoxy-lII-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (2) is prepared by reacting 5-bromo-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (1) with sodium hydroxide in methanol as described by Girgis, N. et.al., J. Heterocyclic. Chem. 1989, 26:317-325.
Scheme II
Figure imgf000075_0003
Step 1 - Preparation of compounds of Formula Il
[0123] Compounds of Formula II, where P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared by reacting 5-bromo-lII-pyrazύlo[3.4-bJpyndinc (1) with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e.g. triisopropylsilylchloride) and a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8- 12 hours. The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e g extraction)
Step 2 — Preparation of compounds of Formula III.
[0124] Compounds of Formula III are prepared by reacting compounds of Formula II with ammonium hydroxide in a suitable solvent or with ammonia in methanol The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction). Alternatively, 5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyπdme (1) can be reacted directly by this method to provide the corresponding compounds without the protecting group.
Scheme III
Figure imgf000076_0001
[0125] Compounds of Formula IV, where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl. or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared from a compound of Formula III by reaction with an activated carboxylic acid of the foπnula R-C(O)X where X is a leaving group such as chloro (e.g benzoyl chloride) in the presence of a base (e.g. N,N-dnsopropylethylamme (DIEA)) in a non-rcactivc solvent (e.g. dichloromefhane). After stirring for several hours, isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula IV.
Scheme IV
Figure imgf000076_0002
[0126] Compounds of Formula V, where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl. optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared from a compound of Formula III by reaction with an isocyanate of the formula R-NCO (e.g. propylisocyanate) in the presence of a base (e.g. DlHA) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dichloromethane). After stirring for several hours, isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of compounds of Formula V.
Scheme V
Figure imgf000077_0001
[0127] Compounds of Formula VI, where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl. or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared from a compound of Formula III by reaction with an isothiocyanatc of the formula R-NCS (e.g. propylisothiocyanate) in the presence of a base (e.g. DIEA) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dichloromethane). After stirring for several hours, isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula VI.
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000077_0002
IU128] Compounds of Formula VII, where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, arc prepared from a compound of Formula III by reaction with a sulfonyl chloride of the formula R-S(O)2Cl (e.g. propylsulfonyl chloride) in the presence of a base (e.g. DIEA, pyridine) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dichloromethane). After stirring for several hours, isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula VII.
Scheme VII
Figure imgf000078_0001
[0129] Compounds of Formula VIII, where R is optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl. or optionally substituted heteroaryl, and P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula II with an alcohol of Formula R-OH in the presence of a base (e.g sodium hydride) and a copper catalyst (e.g. copper bromide) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with heating (e.g. 120 0C) for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography), provides compounds of Formula VIII. Alternatively, 5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine (1) can be reacted by this method to provide the corresponding compounds without the protecting group.
Scheme VIII
Br
Figure imgf000078_0002
[0130] Compounds of Formula IX where R' is optionally substituted lower alkyl and P is a suitable protecting group are prepared by dissolving a compound of Formula II in an appropriate solvent (e.g. toluene) followed by the addition of a palladium catalyst (e.g. [1 ,1'-
Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II), complex with dichloromethane (1 : 1)). After several minutes, a Grignard reagent of the Formula R'-MgBr is added and the reaction heated (e.g. 90 0C) for one to several hours. After filtration through Celite, isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula IX. Scheme IX
Figure imgf000079_0001
[0131] Compounds of Formula X where R" is optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl and P is a suitable protecting group are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula II with a boronic acid of the Formula R"-B(OH)2 or boronic ester of the Formula R' '-B(OR)2 under Suzuki coupling conditions (Muyaura and Suzuki, Chem. Rev. 1995, 95:2457), such as in the presence of a palladium catalyst (e.g. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)) and a base (e.g. aqueous potassium carbonate) in an appropraite solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile) with heating thermally (e.g. 80 °C) for one to several hours or heating with a microwave instrument (e.g. 120 °C for 10 minutes). Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula X. Alternatively, 5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine (1) can be reacted by this method to provide the corresponding compounds without the protecting group.
[0132] lH-Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds can be further derivahVed at the 3-position, which are used in the synthesis of compounds described herein. The compounds described in Schemes I- IX, or similar compounds known in the art, may be used with or without the protecting group P, which can be readily removed by methods well known in the art. The following Scheme X provides an exemplary method for preparation of useful 3-carbaldehyde derivatives.
Scheme X
Figure imgf000079_0002
Step 1 — Preparation of compounds of Formula XIl:
[0133] Compounds of Formula XII are prepared by reacting a compound of Foπnula XI (R2, R3 and R4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with hexamethyltetramine and acetic acid in water with heating to reflux for two hours. After cooling, the desired compound precipitates and may be collected by filtration. Step 2 — Preparation of compounds of Formula XIJI:
[0134] Compounds of Formula XIII, where P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XII with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e.g. triisopropylsilylchloride) and a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8-12 hours. The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction).
Example 2: Preparation of lH-pyrazoloI3,4-b|pyridine compounds:
10135] lH-Pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine compounds known in the art, or prepared as described in Schemes I-X, may be used to prepare compounds described herein as described in the following Schemes XI-XXII.
Scheme Xl
Figure imgf000080_0001
XVIIa XVIIIa
Figure imgf000080_0002
XVIIIb
Step 1 -- Preparation of compounds of Formula XVI:
[0136] Compounds of Formula XVI are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XIV (Ar, L2, and R1 are as defined in paragraph |0003|, P is a suitable protecting group) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) under an inert atmosphere, with an appropriate organolithium reagent (e.g. butyllithium) or magnesium and stirring the reaction for several hours at -78 0C. A compound of Formula XV (R2, R3 and R4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydroturan) is then added to the reaction mixture. The reaction is typically allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction). Compounds of Formula XlV are known in the art. for example, as described in US Patent Application Serial Number 1 1/473,347 (see also, PCT publication WO2007002433), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties including all specifications, figures, and tables, and for all purposes.
Step 2 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XVIIa:
[0137] Compounds of Foπnula XVIIa are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XVl with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. tetra n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran). The desired compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography).
Step 3a - Preparation of compounds of Formula XVIIIa:
[0138] To a compound of FOrmula XVIIa in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) is added an oxidizing agent (e.g.Dess-Martin periodane, TEMPO, DDQ). Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature for 20 minutes. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel column chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XVIIIa.
Step 3b - Preparation of compounds of Formula XVIIIb :
[0139] To a compound of Formula XVIIa in an appropriate solvent (e.g. acetonitrile) is added a reducing agent (e.g. trifluoroacetic acid and triethylsilane). Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel column chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XVIIIb.
[0140] Compounds of Formula XVI that can be carried through Steps 2 and 3 of Scheme XI may also be prepared following the protocol of the following Scheme XIa.
Scheme XIa
Figure imgf000082_0001
XX <
Step 1 Preparation of compounds of Fotmula XIX
[0141] Compounds of Formula XIX are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XI (R7, R1 and R4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with iodine monochloπde in a suitable solvent (e g dichloromethane, pyridine) at room temperature for 16-24 hours The resulting compounds may be isolated by conventional means and reacted with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e g tπisopropylsilylchloπde) and a base (e g sodium hydride) in a solvent (e g tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8-12 hours Isolation by conventional means (e g extraction and silica gel column chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XIX
Step 2 Preparation of compounds of Formula XVI;
[0142] Compounds of Formula XVI are prepared by reacting a compound of Foπnula XIX with a compound of Foπnula XX (Ar, LT, and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]). Compounds of Formula XIX are dissolved in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) under an inert atmosphere, and cooled to -20 0C and a solution of an appropriate Grignard reagent (e.g. isopropylmagnesium chloride) in tetrahydrofuran is added and the reaction is stirred, coming to 0 0C. The reaction is cooled to -20 0C and a compound of Formula XX in tetrahydrofuran is added to the reaction mixture. The reaction is stirred, coming to 0 0C. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound of Formula XVI. Compounds of Formula XX are known in the art, for example, as described in US Patent Application Serial Number 1 1/473,347 (see also, PCT publication WO2007002433).
Scheme XII
Figure imgf000083_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XVIIa and XVIIb:
[0143] To a compound of Formula XI (R2, R3 and R4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) and a compound of Formula XX (Ar, L2 and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) is added an appropriate solvent (e.g. methanol) followed by an appropriate base (e.g. potassium hydroxide, sodium methoxide). The reaction is typically allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction, washing and filtering) provides a mixture of compounds of Formula XVIIa and XVIIb which may be separated by silica gel chromatography if desired. Step 2a - Preparation of compounds of Formula XVlIIa:
[0144] To a compound of Formula XVIIa in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) is added an oxidizing agent (e.g.Dess-Martin periodane, TEMPO, DDQ). Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature for 20 minutes. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel column chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XVIIIa.
Step 2b - Preparation of compounds of Formula XVIIIh:
[0145] To a compound of Formula XVIIa and/or XVIIb in an appropriate solvent (e.g. acetonitrile) is added a reducing agent (e.g. trifluoroacetic acid and triethylsilane). Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel column chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XVIIIb.
Scheme XIII
Figure imgf000084_0001
[0146] Compounds of Formula XVIIIa are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XI (R2, R3 and R4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with a compound of Foπnula XXI (Ar, L2 and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) in the presence of a Lewis acid (e.g. aluminum trichloride) in an inert solvent (e.g. dichlorom ethane) under an inert atmosphere (e.g. argon) at room temperature or with heating up to reflux for 1 -18 hours. The desired compound is isolated, for example, by extraction and silica gel column chromatography. Compounds of Formula XXI are known in the art, for example, as described in US Patent Application Serial Number 1 1/473,347 (see also, PCT publication WO2007002433).
Scheme XIV
Figure imgf000084_0002
Step J - Preparation of 3-hromo- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (4): [0147] 3-Bromo- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (4) is prepared by dissolving lH-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridine (3) in chloroform and slowly adding Br2 in carbon tetrachloride at 0 0C. After stirring for 1-2 hours, the reaction may be quenched in aqueous hydrochloric acid. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound 4.
Step 2 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXII;
[0148] Compounds of Formula XXII, where P is a suitable protecting group, arc prepared by reacting 3-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (4) with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e.g. triisopropylsilylchloride) and a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8-12 hours. The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction).
Step 3 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXTV:
[0149] Compounds of Formula XXIV are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXII with compound of Formula XXIII (Ar, Lj and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003J) in the presence of a base (e.g sodium hydride) and a copper catalyst (e.g. copper bromide) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with heating (e.g. 120 0C) for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XXIV.
Step 4 — Preparation of compounds of Formula XXV:
[0150] Compounds of Formula XXV are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXIV with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. fefra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran). The desired compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography),
Scheme XV
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step I - Preparation of 3-nitro- 1 H-pyrazolo[3 ,4-bJpyridine (8J:
[0151] 3-Nitro-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (5) is prepared by adding lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine
(3) to fuming nitric acid while cooling (e.g. 0 °C). After stirring for one to several hours, water is carefully added and the mixture neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate, The solids are collected by filtration and dried to provide 3-nitro l H-pyrazolo[3,4-h]pyridine 5.
Step 2 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXVI:
[0152] Compounds of Formula XXVI, where P is a suitable protecting group, are prepared by reacting 3-nitro-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (5) with an appropriate reagent to introduce a suitable protecting group (P-X, e.g. triisopropylsilylchloride) and a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in a solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 8- 12 hours. The desired compound is isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography).
Step 3 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXVII:
[0153] Compounds of Formula XXVII are prepared from compounds of Formula XXVI by reduction of the nitro group (e.g. hydrogen gas and palladium on carbon in methanol). The mixture is filtered and concentrated to provide compounds of Formula XXVII.
Scheme XVI
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXIX:
[0154] Compounds of Formula XXIX are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXII (P is a suitable protecting group) with neat compound of Formula XXVIII (Ar, L2 and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003], R'" is e.g. hydrogen, lower alkyl) with heating for several hours (e.g. 150 0C). Alternatively, a compound of Formula XXII may be reacted with compound of Formula XXVIII using palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig conditions (i.e. a palladium catalyst (e.g. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)), a ligand (e.g. trw-butylphosphine), and a base (e.g. sodium r-butoxide) in a non-reactive solvent (e,g, toluene) with heating (e.g. 80 0C) for several hours). Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound of Formula XXIX.
Step 2 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXX: [0155] Compounds of Formula XXX are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXlX with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. /"efrα-n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tctrahydrofuran). The desired compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography).
Scheme XVII
Figure imgf000087_0001
Step 1 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXXJ:
[0156] Compounds of Formula XXXI arc prepared by reacting compounds of Formula XXVII (P is a suitable protecting group) with compounds of Formula XIV (Ar, L2 and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) with heating for several hours (e.g. 100 0C). Alternatively, compounds of Formula XXVII are reacted with compounds of Formula XIV using palladium catalyzed Buchwald- Hartwig conditions (i.e. a palladium catalyst (e.g. Tris(dibenzylideneacctone)dipalladium(0)), a ligand (e.g. tri-/-butyrphosphine), and a base (e.g. sodium f-butoxide) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. toluene) with heating (e.g. 80 0C) for several hours). Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XXXI.
Step 2 - Preparation of compounds of Formula XXXII:
[0157] Compounds of Formula XXXII are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXXI with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. ϊeϊra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran). The desired compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography).
Scheme XVIII
Figure imgf000087_0002
[0158] Compounds of Formula XXXIV are prepared by dissolving lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (3) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with a base (e.g. sodium hydride), followed by the addition of a symmetrical aryl disulfide of Formula XXXIIl (Ar, L2 and R1 arc as defined in paragraph [0003]). After stirring at room temperature for several hours, the reaction is quenched with water, followed by isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) to provide compounds of Formula XXXIV.
Scheme XIX
Figure imgf000088_0001
[0159] Compounds of Formula XXXIV are prepared by reacting 3-bromo-l H-pyrazolo[3,4- bjpyridine (4) with compounds of Formula XXXV (Ar, L2 and R1 arc as defined in paragraph [0003]) in the presence of a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) with heating for several hours (e.g. 100 °C). Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compounds of Formula XXXIV.
Scheme XX
Figure imgf000088_0002
XXXIV XXXVIa
[0160] Compounds of Formula XXXVIa or XXXVIb (Ar, L2 and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXXIV with an oxidizing agent (e.g. meta- chloro-peroxybenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide) in an appropriate aprotic solvent (e.g. dichloromethane). Compounds of Formula XXXVIa arc prepared using 1 equivalent of oxidizing agent, while compounds of Formula XXXVIb are prepared using 2 equivalents of oxidizing agent. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound of Formula XXXVIa or XXXVIb. Scheme XXI
Figure imgf000089_0001
XXXVIl
XXXVIb
[0161] Compounds of Formula XXXVIb (Ar, L? and R1 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) are prepared by reacting lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (3) with a sulfonyl chloride of Formula XXXVII dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. indium trichloride) and trifluoro sulfonic acid with heating (e.g. 70 0C) for a few hours. Neutralization with sodium hydroxide and isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound of Formula XXXVIb (Garzya et al , Tetrahedron Lett. 2004, 45 1499-1501).
Figure imgf000089_0002
XVIlIa
XXXVlIl
[0162] Compounds of Formula XXXVIII (Ar, L2, R1, R2, R3, and R4 are as defined in paragraph [0003]) are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XVIIIa with Lawesson's reagent, (1 ,3,2,4- dithiadiphosphetane-2,3-disulfide), in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) with heating for several hours Isolation by conventional means (e g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) provides compound of Formula XXXVIII.
[0163] Additional methods are known in the art, including methods as described in US Patent Publication Number US20070032519, US Patent Application Serial Number 11/473,347 (see also, PCT publication WO2007002433), and US Patent Number 7,271 ,262, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties including all specifications, figures, and tables, and for all purposes Example 3: Synthesis of propane-1-sulfonic acid [2,4-difluoro-3-(lH-pyrazolo [3,4-b]pyridine- 3-carbonyI)-pheπyl]-amide P-OOOl.
[0164] Propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [2,4-difluoro-3-(lH-pyτazolo[3,4-b]pyndme-3-carbonyl)-phenyl]- amide P-OOOl was prepared m two steps from 3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyπdine 6 as shown in Scheme 1
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000090_0001
Step I — Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid {2,4-dιfluoro-3-[hydroxy-(lH-pyrazolo[3, 4- b]pyndιn-3-yl)-methyl]-phenyl}-amιde (8) ■
[0165] To 3-Iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (6, 0 196 g. 0 800 mraol) and 1 0 mL of tetrahydrofuran cooled to -5 0C with an ice/salt bath under nitrogen gas, o-tolylmagnesium chloride (0.88 mL of 1 M solution in tetrahydrofiiran, 1.1 eq.) was added dropwise slowly, maintaining the reaction temperature between -5 0C to -3 0C The reaction solution was stirred at -5 0C for 1 hour, then isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofiiran (0 48 mL of 2 0 M solution) was added dropwise slowly, maintaining the temperature at less than 4 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at - 5 0C for 1.5 hours. In a separate reaction flask, propane- 1 -sulfonic acid (2,4-difluoro-3-formyl- phenyl)-amide (7, 0.253 g, 0.960 mmol) in 2 mL of tetrahydrofiiran was cooled to -5 0C and o- tolylmagnesium chloride (0.96 mL of 1 M solution in tetrahydrofiiran, 1.0 eq.) was added slowly, maintaining the reaction temperature at -5 0C for 1 hour This mixture was cooled to -30 0C and transferred to the reaction mixture containing the 3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyπdine. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5 0C for 30 minutes, then warmed to room temperature for 1 hour The reaction solution was quenched with 1 N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloπde in water The organic layer was washed with water and bπne, then dπed over magnesium sulfate The volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography cluting with ethyl acctatc/hexanc with 4 % acetic acid. Appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as an off- white solid (78 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the desired compound (ESf)[M-H*] = 381 5. Step 2 - Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [2 \4-diβuυrυ-3-( lH-pyrazυlo[3 ,4-bj 'pyridine-3- carbonyD-phenyl] -amide (P-OOOl):
[0166] Into a round-bottom flask, propane- 1- sulfonic acid 2,4~difluoro-3-[hydroxy-(lH- pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-phenyl-amide (8, 78.0 mg, 0.204 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL of tetrahydrofuran, Dess-Martin periodinane (104 mg, 0.245 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 minutes, then quenched with water and sodium bicarbonate. This was extracted 2x with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with sodium bicarbonate and water, then brine, and dried with magnesium sulfate. The volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a white solid (46.5 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the desired compound. (ESI)[M+HT = 380.8.
Example 4: Synthesis of propane-1-sulfonic acid [3-(5-cyano-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3- carbonyl)-2,4-difluoro-phenyl]-amide P-0003.
[0167] Propane-1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-cyano- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-2,4-difluoro- phenyl]-amide P-0003 was prepared in three steps from 5-Bromo-3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine 9 as shown in Scheme 2,
Scheme 2
2
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step J - Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid 3-[(5-bromo- 1 H-pyrazolo[3, 4-b]pyridin-3-ylj- hydroxy-methyl] -2, 4-difluoro-phenyl-amide (10):
[0168] In a round bottom flask, 5-bromo-3-iodo- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (9, 0.176 g, 0.543 mmol) in 1 .8 ml. of tetrahydrofuran was cooled to -5 0C in an icc/NaCl bath under nitrogen gas and o-tolylmagnesium chloride (0.6 mL of 1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 1.1 eq.) was added dropwise slowly maintaining the temperature between -5 °C and -3 °C. The reaction solution was stirred at -5 0C for 1 hour, then isopropylmagnesium chloride (0.33 mL of 2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added dropwise slowly, maintaining the temperature at less than 4 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5 0C for 1.5 hours. In a separate reaction flask, propane- 1 -sulfonic acid (2,4-difiuoro-3- formyl-phenyl)-amide (7, 0, 172 g, 0.652 mmol) in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran was cooled to -5 0C and o-tolylmagnesium chloride (0.66 mL of 1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise slowly, maintaining the temperature at -5 0C for 1 hour. This mixture was cooled to -30 0C and transferred to the reaction mixture containing the 5-bromo-3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine. The reaction mixture was stirred at -5 °C for 30 minutes, then warmed to room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was quenched with 1 N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride in water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate. The volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as an off-white solid. This material was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2 - Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3 ,4-b] pyridine- 3- carbonyl)- 2,4-difluoro-pheny I] -amide (P-0002):
[0169] In a round-bottom flask, propane- 1 -sulfonic acid 3-[(5-bromo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridiπ-3- yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-2,4-difluoro-phenyl-amide (10, 19 mg, 0.041 mmol) was dissolved in 5.0 mL of tetrahydrofuran and Dess-Martin periodinane (21.0 mg, 0.0494 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 minutes, then quenched with water and sodium bicarbonate. This was extracted 2x with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with sodium bicarbonate and water, then brine, and dried with magnesium sulfate. The volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired compound as a white solid (7 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the desired compound. (ESI)[M+H'] f = 457.4 and 459.4. Step 2 - Preparation of propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-cyano-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3- carbonyl)-2, 4-difluoro-phenyl] -amide (P-0003) :
[0170] In a vial, propane- 1 -sulfonic acid [3-(5-bromo-l H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)- 2,4-difluoro-phenyl]-amide (P-0002, 0.019 g, 0.041 mmol) was combined with N,N- dimethylacetamide (0.20 tnL, 0.0022 mol). The mixture was degassed by bubbling with argon and zinc powder (0.25 mg, 0.0038 mmol), l ,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.727 mg, 0.00131 mmol), zinc cyanide (2.85 mg, 0.0243 mmol), and tris(diben7;ylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (0.68 mg, 0.00066 mmol) were added at room temperature under argon. The mixture was heated at 120 3C for 2 hours, then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride in water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over magnesium sulfate. The volatile solvents were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane. The appropriate fractons were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The material was further purified by preparative HPLC and the desired fractions were combined and solvents removed on lyophilizer to provide the desired compound as a white solid (3.4 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the desired compound. (ESI)[M+H+]+ = 405.9 and [M-H+]'= 404.0.
Example 9: Kinase Activity Assays
[0171] Assays for the activity of kinases, including, but not limited to, Fms, Kit, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E, B-Raf V600E/T529I and c-Raf-1 are known in the art, for example as described in US Patent Publication Number US20070032519 and US Patent Application Serial number 1 1/473,347 (see also, PC T publication WO2007002433), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties including all specifications, figures, and tables, and for all purposes.
[0172] Compounds P-0001 and P-0003 were screened by at least one of the methods described in US Patent Application Serial number 11/473,347, or by similar methods. Compound P-0001 has IC50 of less than 10 μM in Λ-Raf, B-Raf, B-Raf V600E, C-Raf, and Kdr assays, and P-0003 has IC50 of less than 10 μM in B-Raf, B-Raf V600E, and C-Raf assays.
Example 10: Efficacy of Compounds in Combination with Standard-of-Care Chemotherapeutic agents in four human cancer cell lines. [0173] Compounds of the invention, such as compounds of Formula I1 in combination with a standard chemotherapeutic agent, such as 5-fluorouracil, carboplatm, dacarbayine, gefitmib oxahplatin, paclitaxel, SN-38 temo/olomide, or vinblastine, can be assessed for their effectiveness in killing human tumor cells Such assays are known in the art, for example, as described in US Patent Application Serial number 1 1/473,347
Example 11: Pharmaceutical Properties of Compounds.
[0174] Compounds of the invention, such as compounds of Formula I. demonstrate unexpectedly improved solubility and/or pharmacokinetics when compared to similarly substituted IH- Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine compounds Typically, lH-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridme compounds with improved aqueous solubility may not have acceptable pharmacokinetics, assessed by measuring plasma levels in rats treated with the compounds Improved solubility with improved exposure levels, as measured by area under the curve (AUC), is indicative of beneficial pharmaceutical properties of the compound, such as improved bioa\ ailabihty
[0175] As an indication of relative solubility, the turbidity ol compounds in aqueous solutions was assessed Fach compound was diluted into four different physiologically relevant buffers and solution turbidity was measured by spectrophotometry The concentration of compound that demonstrated turbidity by forming enough insoluble suspension to raise the average optical density above 0 01 at three wavelengths (490 535, and 650 nm) was used to define the limit of the compound solubility in that buffer To assess possible compound properties in different physiological compartments, such as stomach, intestine and blood, a series of aqueous buffers with varying pH was used
[0176] Compounds were dissolved at a concentration of 25 mM in dimethyl sulfoxide, then serially diluted 1 1 into a 96 well plate, diluting 10 times in pure dimethyl sulfoxide, with the final well of each row a dimethyl sulfoxide blank In an assay plate, 99 μL of appropriate buffer was added to each well and 1 μL of each sample dilution was added to the buffer achieving a range of final total concentrations in aqueous solutions having different pH The buffers used were Simulated Gastric Fluid (SGF-pH 1 5) 0 5M NaCl, pH 1 5, Simulated Intestinal fluid (SIF-pH 4 5 and pH 6 8) 0 05M NaH2PO4, pH 4 5 and 6 8, and Hepes Buffer (HEPES-pH 7 4) 10 mM HEPES, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7 4 Control compounds pyrene, estπol and propranolol HCl were also assessed Plates were spun and then mixed for 1 minute, and the absorbance was read using a Tecan Safire II to read wavelengths in the visible range (490, 535, and 650 nm) at four locations per well, reflecting the degree of turbidity present. The average optical density for each wavelength in each well was graphed vs. compound concentration, and the concentration at which the curve crosses a threshold O. D. of 0,01 for each wavelength was reported as the endpoint turbidity assay result. The average of the three wavelengths is used to compare turbidity of compounds. Compounds are considered to have low solubility if the threshold concentration is <31.3 μM, moderate solubility if the threshold concentration is 31.3 μM to 250 μM, and high solubility if the threshold concentration is >250 μM.
[0177] Pharmacokinetic properties were assessed in male Sprague Dawley rats. Rats were dosed daily with compound either by IV injections via surgically implanted jugular catheters or by oral gavage (PO). Each compound was prepared as a 20 mg/mL stock solution in dimethyl sulfoxide, which was further diluted to provide the dosing stock at the desired concentration for the IV or PO formulations. For IV dosing, the dosing stock was diluted into a 1: 1:8 mixture of Solutol ®:ethanol:water. For PO dosing, the dosing stock was diluted into 1 % methylcellulose. In a cassette format, 5 compounds were diluted to 0.5 mg/mL each for IV dosing and 0.4 mg/mL each for PO dosing and dosed at 1 mg/kg (2mL/kg) or 2 mg/kg (5 mL/kg), respectively. For IV dosed animals, tail vein blood samples were collected with lithium heparin anticoagulant at 5, 15, 30, and 60 minutes and 4, 8, and 24 hours post dosing each day. For PO dosed animals, tail vein blood samples were collected with lithium heparin anticoagulant at 30 minutes, 1 , 2, 4, 8 and 24 hours post dosing each day. Samples were processed to plasma and frozen for later analysis of each compound by LC/MS/MS. Plasma levels as a function of time were plotted to assess the ΛUC (hr*ng/mL).
[0178] The following Table indicates comparison of the turbidity and ΛUC for compounds according to the invention, relative to the corresponding lll-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine which is identically substituted at all but the 5-position of the lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (where 5-position is C-H or C-Cl).
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
[0179] The lH-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyndine P-0001 demonstrates better solubility than the corresponding lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]ρyridine with 5-H or 5-Cl. As such, compounds of Formula I are expected to have favorable pharmaceutical properties.
[0180] All patents and other references cited in the specification are indicative of the level of skill of those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains, and are incorporated by reference in their entireties, including any tables and figures, to the same extent as if each reference had been incorporated by reference in its entirety individually.
[0181] One skilled in the art would readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to obtain the ends and advantages mentioned, as well as those inherent therein. The methods, variances, and compositions described herein as presently representative of preferred embodiments are exemplary and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention. Changes therein and other uses will occur to those skilled in the art, which are encompassed within the spirit of the invention, arc defined by the scope of the claims.
[0182] The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein. Thus, for example, in each instance herein any of the terms "comprising", "consisting essentially of and "'consisting of may be replaced with either of the other two terms. Thus, for an embodiment of the invention using one of the terms, the invention also includes another embodiment wherein one of these terms is replaced with another of these terms. In each embodiment, the terms have their established meaning. Thus, for example, one embodiment may encompass a method "comprising" a series of steps, another embodiment would encompass a method "consisting essentially of the same steps, and a third embodiment would encompass a method "consisting of the same steps. The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms uf description and not of limitation, and there is no intention that in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that vaπous modifications are possible within the scope of the invention claimed Ihus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and vaπation of the concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims
[0183] In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups or other grouping of alternatives, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group or other group
[0184] Also, unless indicated to the contrary, where vaπous numerical values are provided for embodiments, additional embodiments are descnbed by taking any 2 different values as the endpoints of a range Such ranges are also within the scope of the descnbed invention
[0185] Thus, additional embodiments are within the scope of the invention and within the following claims

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A compound having the chemical structure of Formula I,
Figure imgf000098_0001
Formula I or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or an isomer thereof, wherein: Ar is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000098_0002
R1£ ^N.
XT1//--
wherein ' indicates the point of attachment of Ar to Lj of Formula I and " indicates the point of attachment of Ar to L^ of Formula I;
L, is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R5R6)-, -CfO)-, -C(S)-, -N(R7)-, -0-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-;
L2 is selected from the group consisting of -N(RS)-C(O)-, -N(R8)-C(S)-, -N(RS)-S(O)-, -N(R8)-S(O)2-, -N(R8)-C(O)-K(RS)-, -N(RS)-C(S)-N(R8)-, and -N(R8)-S(O)2-N(R8)-: R1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted hetcrocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted hetcrocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO2, -O-R9, -S-R1 1 , -N(R9)-R10, -C(O)-R1 1, -C(S)-R", -C(O)-N(R9VR10, -C(S)-N(R9)-R10, -C(O)-N(R13)-OR9, -C(S)-N(RΠ)-OR9. -C(O)-N(R13)-S(O)2-Rn , -C(S)-N(R13VS(O)2-R1 ', -C(O)-O-R9, -S(O)-R1 ' , -S(O)2-R1 1 , -S(O)-N(R9)-R10, -S(O)2-N(R9)-R10, -S(O)2-N(R13)-C(O)R! 1, -S(O)2-N(R13)-C(S)Rπ, -N(R13)-C(O)-R" , -N(R! 3)-C(S)-R", -N(R13)-S(O)-R" , -N(R13)-S(O)2-R" , -N(R13)-C(O)-N(R9)-R10, -N(R13)-C(S)-N(R9)-R10, and -N(R13)-S(O)2-N(R9)-R10;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO2, -O-R17, -S-R19, -N(R17)-R18, -C(O)-R19, -C(S)-R19, -C(O)-N(R17VR18, -C(S)-N(R17)-R1 R, -C(O)-N(R20)-OR17, -C(S)-N(R20)-OR17, -C(O)-N(R20)-S(O)2-R19, -C(S)-N(R20)-S(O)2-R19, -C(O)-O-R17, -S(O)-R19, -S(O)2-R19, -S(O)-N(R17)-R18, -S(O)2-N(R17)-R13, -S(O)2-N(R20)-C(O)R19, -S(O)2-N(R20)-C(S)R19, -N(R20)-C(O)-R19, -N(R20)-C(S)-R19, -N(R20VS(O)-R19, -N(R20VS(O)2-R19, -N(R20VC(O)-N(R17VR18, -N(R20VC(S)-N(R17VR18, and -N(R20)-S(O)2-N(R17)-Rl s;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -CN, -NO2, -O-R21, -S-R23, -N(R21)-R22, -C(O)-R23, -C(S)-R", -C(O)-N(R21VR22, -C(S)-N(R21VR22, -C(O)-N(R24VOR21, ~C(S)-N(R24)-OR21, -C(O)-N(R24VS(O)2-R23, -C(SVN(R24VS(OV-R23, -C(O)-O-R21, -S(O)-R23, -S(O)2-R23, -S(O)-N(R21VR22, -S(O)2-N(R21VR22, -S(O)2-N(R24VC(O)R23, -S(OV-N(R24)-C(S)R2\ -N(R24VC(O)-R23, -N(R24VC(S)-R23, -N(R24VS(O)-R23, -N(R24)-S(O)2-R23, -N(R24VC(O)-N(R21VR22, -N(R24VC(S)-N(R2 ')-R22, and -N(R24)-S(O)2-N(R2 I)-R22; Rς and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, -OH, -KH2, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alklylthio, mono-alky lamino, di-alkylammo, and -N(R2^)-R*6, wherein the alkyl cham(s) of low er alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, or di-alkylamino are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy. fluoro substituted luwer alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di- alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo; or
R5 and R6 combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy. fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo,
R7, R1 3, R2f), and R24 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(O)-R27, -C(S)-R27, -S(O)-R27, -S(O)2-R27, -C(O)-N(H)-R27, -C(S)-N(H)-R27, and -S(O)2-N(H)-R27,
Rs at each occurrence is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di- alkylamino, and -N(R2^)-R26,
R12, R14, R15, and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, -N(R28)-R29, -O-R28, and -S-R30,
R1 1, R19 and R23 are independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl. optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl,
R , R , R , R1 . R'1 and R22 are independently selected from the group consisting ot hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R25 and R26 at each occurrence combine with the nitrogen to which they arc attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, and fluoro substituted lower alkylthio;
R"7 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R28 and R29 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl; and
R30 at each occurrence is optionally substituted lower alkyl.
2. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
R63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R6fi)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)2-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -S(O)-R55, -S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)2-N(R56)-R65, halogen, lower alkyl. cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, hcterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R64. or as substitucnts of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2. -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R67, -S-R6", -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R67, -S(O)-R07, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R67, -C(O)-O-R67, -C(O)-N(R66)-R67, -S(O)2-N(R^)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R65 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R69. -S-R69, -N(R68)-R69, -N(R68)-C(O)-R69, -N(R68)-S(O)2-RM, -C(O)-R", -S(O)-R69. -S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-O-R69, -C(O)-N(R6S)-R69, -S(O)2-N(R68)-R69, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R66 and R68 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R67 and R69 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
3. The compound of Claim 2, wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
R63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -0-R6\ -S-R65, -N(R6(S)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)- S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R1", -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64; and
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -0-R6\ -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)~R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R64, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO?, -CN, -O-R67, -S-R67, -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R67, -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkyl amino.
4. The compound of Claim 3, wherein:
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R7U, -S-R70, -N(R7')-R7°, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R7°, -S-R""0, -N(R~ 1)-R~", fluoro. and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting ot fluoro, low er alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxv, low er alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo,
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R"0, -S-R70, -N(R7I)-R^C, fluoio, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino. di-alkylamino, and cyclodlkylamino,
R ° is lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylammo, and
R l is hydrogen or lower dlkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylammo
5. The compound of Claim 1, having the chemical structure of Formula Ia,
Figure imgf000104_0001
Formula Ia or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or an isomer thereof, wherein Ar1 is selected fiom the group consisting of
Figure imgf000105_0001
wherein ^ indicates the point of attachment of Arf to L3 of Formula Ia and " indicates the point of attachment Of Ar1 to L4 of Formula Ia;
L3 is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R35R36)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R37)-, -0-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-;
L4 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R38)-C(O)-, -N(R3S)-C(S)-, -N(R38)-S(O)-, -N(R38)-S(O)2-, -N(R38)-C(O)-N(R38)-, -N(R38)-C(S)-N(R38)-, and -N(R38)-S(O)2-N(R38)-;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R32 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R39, -S-R39, -N(R40)-R39, -N(R40)-C(O)-R39, -N(R4VS(O)-R39, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R39, -C(O)-N(R40)-R39, -C(O)-O-R39, -C(O)-R39. -S(O)-N(R4")-R39, -S(O)2-N(R40)-R39, -S(O)-R39, -S(O)2-R39, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substitucnts selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl. heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cyclualkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R32 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R41 , -S-R41, -N(R4U)-R41, -N(R40)-C(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-R41 , -S(O)-R41 , -S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-O-R41, -C(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)2-N(R4α)-R41, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
Rn is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NII2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R43, -S-R43, -N(R47)-R43, -N(R47)-C(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)2-R43, -C(O)-N(R47)-R43, -C(O)-O-R43, -C(O)-R43, -S(O)-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)-R43, -S(O)2-R43, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, tluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R33 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R48, -S-R48, -N(R47)-R48, -N(R47)-C(O)-R48, -N(R47)-S(O)-R48, -N(R47)-S(O)2-R48, -C(O)-R48, -S(O)-R48, -S(O)2-R48, -C(O)-O-R48, -C(O)-N(R47)-R48, -S(O)-N(R47)-R48, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R4S, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NII2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OII. -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R49, -S-R49, -N(R50)-R49, -N(RS0)-C(O)-R49, -N(R50)-S(O)-R49, -N(R50)-S(O)2-R49, -C(O)-N(R50)-R49, -C(O)-O-R49, -C(O)-R49, -S(O)-N(R50)-R4", -S(O)2-N(R50)-R49, -S(O)-R49, -S(O)2-R4', halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R14 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R51 , -S-R51, -N(R50J-R5 ' , -N(R50)-C(O)-R51, -N(R50)-S(O)-R51, -N(R50)-S(O)2-Rs l. -C(O)-R51, -S(O)-R51. -S(O)2-R", -C(O)-O-R". -C(O)-N(Ri0)-R", -S(0)-N(RW)-R" , -S(0)2-N(RS J)-R" , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino,
R35 and R3b arc independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro. lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino, or
R35 and R16 combine to form a 3-7 membercd monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 mcmbcrcd monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituentb selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino,
R39, R43, and R49 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylammo, di-alkylammo, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R39, R41, or R49 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R'2, -S-R32, -N(R53)-R52, -N(R53)-C(O)-RS2, -N(R53)-S(O)-R52, -N(R^)-S(O)2-R52, -C(O)-R52, -S(O)-R52, -S(O)2-R'2, -C(O)-O-R'2, -C(O)-N(R'3)-R12, -S(O)-N(RS1)-R'\ -S(O)2-N(R^)-R52, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino,
R37, R38, R40, R47, R™, and R53, at each occurrence, arc independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted low er alkylthio, mono-alkylammo, fluoro substituted mono-alkylammo, di- alk\lammo, fluoro substituted di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino,
R41, R4S, RM, and R52 aie independently selected from the group consisting of low er alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted w ith one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and eyeloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substitucnts selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy;
R42, R44, R45, and R46 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, -N(R54)-R55, -O-R54, and -S-R56;
R54 and R53 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl; and
R56 at each occurrence is optionally substituted lower alkyl.
6. The compound of Claim 5, wherein:
R31 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64, wherein
R63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2. -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-Rfc5, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)2-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OII, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R65, -S-R55, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R55, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)2-N(R6e>)-R65, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R64, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R67, -S-R67, -N(R66)-R6", -N(R66)-C(O)-Rb7, -N(R6f>)-S(O)2-R67, -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R67. -C(O)-O-R67, -C(O)-N(R66)-R67. -S(O)2-N(R66)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R65 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylainino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R65 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R69, -S-R69, -N(R68)-R69, -N(R68)-C(O)-R69, -N(R68)-S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-R69, -S(O)-R69, -S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-O-R69, -C(O)-N(R68)-R69, -S(O)2-N(R68)-R69, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R66 and R68 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R6' and R69 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN. lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
7. The compound of Claim 6, wherein: Rj l is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R ;
R63 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -0-R"5, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R63, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, tluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64; and
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -O-R65. -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R64, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -O-R67, -S-R67, -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R67, -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino.
8. The compound of Claim 7, wherein:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R70, -S-R70, -N(R71)-R70, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
R33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R70, -S-R70, -N(R7I)-R70, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino. and cycloalkylamino; RM is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R"n, -S-R", -N(R7 I)-R~n, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino. and cycloalkylamino;
R ° is lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R71 is hydrogen or lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylammo, and cycloalkylamino.
9. The compound of Claim 2, having the chemical structure of Formula Ib,
Figure imgf000111_0001
Formula Ib or a salt, a prodrug, a tautomer or an isomer thereof, wherein: L5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(R35R36)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N(R37)-, -0-, -S-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; L6 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R38)-C(O)-, -N(R38)-C(S)-, -N(R3S)-S(O)-,
-N(R38)-S(O)2-, -N(R3S)-C(O)-N(R3S)-, -N(R38)-C(S)-N(R38)-, and -N(R38)-S(O)2-N(R3S>; R5"7 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R5S is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH,
-S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R39, -S-R19, -N(R40)-R19, -N(R4n)-C(O)-R3\ -N(R40)-S(O)-R3\ -N(R40)-S(O)2-Rw, -C(O)-N(R4")-R34, -C(O)-O-R1", -C(O)-R'9, -S(O)-N(R4ϋ)-R39, -S(O)2-N(R40)-R39, -S(O)-R39, -S(O)2-R39, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R58 or as substituents ol lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R4', -S-R41 , -N(R40)-R41, -N(R40)-C(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)-R41, -N(R40)-S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-R41, -S(O)-R41 , -S(O)2-R41, -C(O)-O-R41, -C(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)-N(R40)-R41, -S(O)2-N(R40)-R41, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R59 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -0-R41, -S-R43, -N(R47)-R43, -N(R47)-C(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)-R43, -N(R47)-S(O)2-R43, -C(O)-N(R47)-R43, -C(O)-O-R43, -C(O)-R43, -S(O)-N(R47)-R43, -S(O)2-N(R4^)-R43, -S(O)-R43, -S(O)2-R43, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R59 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R48, -S-R48, -N(R47)-R48, -N(R47)-C(O)-R48, -N(R47)-S(O)-R48. -N(R47)-S(O)2-R48, -C(O)-R43, -S(O)-R48, -S(O)7-R48, -C(O)-O-R48, -C(O)-N(R47)-R4S, -S(O)-N(R47)-R48, -S(O)2-N(R47)-R48, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R60 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R49, -S-R49, -N(R50)-R49, -N(R5υ)-C(O)-R49, -N(R5ϋ)-S(O)-R49, -N(R50J-S(O)2-R49. -C(O)-N(R30)-R4Q, -C(O)-O-R49, -C(O)-R49, -S(O)-N(R50)-Rw, -S(O)2-N(RS0)-R49, -S(O)-R49, -S(O)2-R49, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio. mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, hetcrocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R6 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH:, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R51 , -S-R51, -N(R5ϋ)-R51, -N(R50)-C(O)-R51, -N(R50)-S(O)-R31, -N(R50)-S(O)2-R51, -C(O)-R51, -S(O)-R51 , -S(O)2-R51, -C(O)-O-R51 , -C(O)-N(R50)-R51 , -S(O)-N(R50)-R51, -S(O)2-N(R50)-R51, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
Rήl and R62 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci-3 alkyl, and fluoro substituted Cu alkyl;
R35 and R36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; or
R35 and R36 combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH2, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino;
R39, R43, and R49 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as RJ';, R43, or R49 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH. -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2. -C(O)-NII2, -O-R52, -S-R52, -N(R53)-R52, -N(R53)-C(O)-R52, -N(R53)-S(O)-R52, -N(R53VS(O)2-R52, -C(O)-R52, -S(O)-R52, -S(O)2-R52, -C(O)-O-R52, -C(O)-N(R53)-R52, -S(O)-N(R53)-R52, -S(O)2-N(R^)-R52, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino:
R3 ', R38, R40, R4', R50, and R53, at each occurrence, arc independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di- alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R41, R48, R51, and R52 are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino. di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lowrer alkoxy.
10. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
R5' is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64, wherein
Rfi3 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-N(R66)-R65, -S(O)2-N(R6VR65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -C(O)-O-R65, -C(O)-N(R66)-R65. -S(O)-N(R6fi)-RhS, -S(O)2-N(R^)-R65, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R64, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R67, -S-R67, -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O):-R67, -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R67, -C(O)-O-R67, -C(O)-N(R66)-R67, -S(O)2-N(R66)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R6i at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R65 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)-OH, -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)-NH2, -O-R69, -S-R69, -N(R68)-R69, -N(R68)-C(O)-R69, -N(R68)-S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-R69, -S(O)-R69, -S(O)2-R69, -C(O)-O-R69, -C(O)-N(R68)-R69, -S(O)2-N(R68)-R69, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino;
R66 and R68 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OH, -NH2, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R and R at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono- alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
11. The compound of Claim 10, wherein;
R- ' is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl, is optionally substituted with one or more substituents R63, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl arc optionally substituted with one or more substituents R64;
Rb3 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -O-Rto, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R55, -N(R66)-C(O)-R55, -N(R56)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)rR65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R65, -S(O)2-R65, fluoro, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents RM; and
R64 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NHT, -NOT, -CN, -O-R65, -S-R65, -N(R66)-R65, -N(R66)-C(O)-R55, -N(R66)-S(O)-R65, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R65, -C(O)-R65, -S(O)-R55, -S(O)2-R65, halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 4, or as substituents of lower alkyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NO2, -CN, -O-R67, -S-R67, -N(R66)-R67, -N(R66)-C(O)-R67, -N(R66)-S(O)2-R67, -S(O)-R67, -S(O)2-R67, -C(O)-R67, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino.
12. The compound of Claim 11, wherein:
R58 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R™, -S-R70, -N(R71)-R7", fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; R>9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R70, -S-R"U, -N(R71 )-R"LI, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino,
R60 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, -O-R"°, -S-R70, -N(R71)-R™, fluoro, and lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino,
R70 is lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; and
R ' is hydrogen or lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio. fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
13. A composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable earner; and a compound according to any of Claims 1-12.
14. A kit comprising a compound according to any of Claims 1-12 or a composition of Claim 13.
15. A method for treating a subject suffering from or at risk of a Raf kinase-mediated disease or condition, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of any of Claims 1-12 or a composition of Claim 13.
16. A compound according to any of Claims 1-12, a composition according to Claim 13. or a kit according to Claim 14 for the treatment of a Raf kinase-mediated disease or condition
17. Use of a compound of any of Claims 1-12 or a composition of Claim 13 for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a subject suffering from or at πsk of a Raf kinase-mediated disease or condition
PCT/US2010/028721 2009-03-26 2010-03-25 Pyrazolo [ 3, 4 -b] pyridines as kinase inhibitors and their medical use WO2010111527A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16381909P 2009-03-26 2009-03-26
US61/163,819 2009-03-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010111527A1 true WO2010111527A1 (en) 2010-09-30

Family

ID=42313552

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/028721 WO2010111527A1 (en) 2009-03-26 2010-03-25 Pyrazolo [ 3, 4 -b] pyridines as kinase inhibitors and their medical use

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2010111527A1 (en)

Cited By (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012075327A1 (en) 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Methods for treating a tumor using an antibody that specifically binds grp94
WO2013113669A1 (en) * 2012-01-30 2013-08-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Isoquinoline and naphthyridine derivatives
WO2014047648A1 (en) 2012-09-24 2014-03-27 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
WO2014095757A1 (en) * 2012-12-17 2014-06-26 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of x-linked charcot-marie-tooth
US9163021B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2015-10-20 Pfizer Limited Pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine tropomyosin-related kinase inhibitors
US9260437B2 (en) 2008-05-19 2016-02-16 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
WO2016057367A1 (en) 2014-10-06 2016-04-14 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Angiopoietin-2 biomarkers predictive of anti-immune checkpoint response
US9358235B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2016-06-07 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
CN105712992A (en) * 2012-09-29 2016-06-29 上海科州药物研发有限公司 Compound serving as cMet inhibitor and preparation method and application of compound
US9382241B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2016-07-05 Genentech, Inc. Aminoquinazoline and pyridopyrimidine derivatives
US9408885B2 (en) 2011-12-01 2016-08-09 Vib Vzw Combinations of therapeutic agents for treating melanoma
US9440969B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2016-09-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9469640B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2016-10-18 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9487515B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2016-11-08 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor
US9518029B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2016-12-13 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
WO2017011776A1 (en) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Array Biopharma, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US9550768B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2017-01-24 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation and indications therefor
US9572808B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2017-02-21 Neupharma, Inc. Benzenesulfonamide derivatives of quinoxaline, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in methods for treating cancer
US9617267B2 (en) 2009-11-18 2017-04-11 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9624213B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2017-04-18 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9670180B2 (en) 2012-01-25 2017-06-06 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US9676748B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9682981B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2017-06-20 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9718847B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-01 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9725421B2 (en) 2012-11-12 2017-08-08 Neupharma, Inc. Substituted quinoxalines as B-raf kinase inhibitors
US9771363B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9771369B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
WO2017176744A1 (en) 2016-04-04 2017-10-12 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
WO2017176751A1 (en) 2016-04-04 2017-10-12 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (s)-n-(5-((r)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
US9822109B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-21 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9856259B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2018-01-02 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9873700B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2018-01-23 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9938273B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-04-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
WO2018071454A1 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-04-19 Andrews Steven W Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2018071447A1 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-04-19 Andrews Steven W Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US9951069B1 (en) 2017-01-11 2018-04-24 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2018136663A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Array Biopharma, Inc. Ret inhibitors
WO2018136661A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Andrews Steven W SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRAZINE COMPOUNDS AS RET KINASE INHIBITORS
US10045991B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2018-08-14 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
WO2018146253A1 (en) 2017-02-10 2018-08-16 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancers associated with activation of the mapk pathway
WO2018170381A1 (en) 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 Andrews Steven W Macrocyclic compounds as ros1 kinase inhibitors
US10160755B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10160747B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
RU2678455C1 (en) * 2018-06-01 2019-01-29 Сергей Викторович Леонов N-(3-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1n-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-2,4-difluorophenyl)propane-1-sulphonamide crystalline form, active component, pharmaceutical composition and medicine
US10227357B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2019-03-12 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10251889B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2019-04-09 Array BioPharm Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors
WO2019075114A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Mark Reynolds Formulations comprising 6-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-(6-(6-((6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3,6-diazab icyclo[3.1.1]heptan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
WO2019075108A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Metcalf Andrew T Crystalline forms
WO2019133810A1 (en) 2017-12-28 2019-07-04 Tract Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stem cell culture systems for columnar epithelial stem cells, and uses related thereto
WO2019143977A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2019143994A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl[4,3-c]pyridinecompounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2019149738A1 (en) 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase mkk4 inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
US10421756B2 (en) 2015-07-06 2019-09-24 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Heterobicyclic N-aminophenyl-amides as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US10428067B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2019-10-01 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation
US10435404B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-10-08 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10508085B2 (en) 2016-09-22 2019-12-17 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
WO2019243315A1 (en) 2018-06-21 2019-12-26 Heparegenix Gmbh Tricyclic protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2020016243A1 (en) 2018-07-16 2020-01-23 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2020028258A1 (en) 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Spray-dried dispersions and formulations of (s)-5-amino-3-(4-((5-fluoro-2-methoxybenzamido)methyl)phenyl)-1-(1,1,1-trifluoro propan-2-yl)-1h-pyrazole-4-carboxamide
JP2020505452A (en) * 2017-01-17 2020-02-20 ヘパリジェニックス ゲーエムベーハー Protein kinase inhibition to promote liver regeneration or reduce or prevent hepatocellular death
US10577366B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2020-03-03 Plexxikon Inc. Crystalline forms of a compound that inhibits bromodomain
WO2020055672A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 Array Biopharma Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2020131627A1 (en) 2018-12-19 2020-06-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as inhibitors of fgfr tyrosine kinases
WO2020131674A1 (en) 2018-12-19 2020-06-25 Array Biopharma Inc. 7-((3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)amino)quinoxaline derivatives as fgfr inhibitors for treating cancer
US10703757B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-07-07 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for CDK8 modulation and indications therefor
US10717735B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2020-07-21 Plexxikon Inc. Solid forms of a compound for modulating kinases
US10724102B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2020-07-28 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US10829484B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2020-11-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
WO2021018820A1 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-02-04 Heparegenix Gmbh Heteroaryl-substituted pyrazolo-pyridine protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
US10919902B2 (en) 2015-07-06 2021-02-16 Alkermes, Inc. Hetero-halo inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2021134004A1 (en) 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 Schrodinger, Inc. Cyclic compounds and methods of using same
WO2021144287A1 (en) 2020-01-15 2021-07-22 Heparegenix Gmbh 3-benzoyl-1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as mkk4 inhibitors for treating liver diseases
US11091486B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2021-08-17 Array Biopharma, Inc Process for the preparation of pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines and salts thereof
US11103505B2 (en) 2017-10-27 2021-08-31 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US11149011B2 (en) 2018-03-20 2021-10-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
US11214571B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-01-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Process for the preparation of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and salts thereof
US11225475B2 (en) 2017-08-07 2022-01-18 Alkermes, Inc. Substituted pyridines as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2022055963A1 (en) 2020-09-10 2022-03-17 Schrödinger, Inc. Heterocyclic pericondensed cdc7 kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2022164789A1 (en) 2021-01-26 2022-08-04 Schrödinger, Inc. Tricyclic compounds useful in the treatment of cancer, autoimmune and inflammatory disoders
WO2022197898A1 (en) 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 Schrödinger, Inc. Cyclic compounds and methods of using same
US11524963B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2022-12-13 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as RET kinase inhibitors
RU2788000C2 (en) * 2018-01-31 2023-01-16 Хепаридженикс Гмбх Mkk4 protein kinase inhibitors for stimulation of liver regeneration or reduction or prevention of hepatocyte death
WO2023194443A1 (en) * 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 Heparegenix Gmbh Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of colon and lung cancer

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004076450A1 (en) * 2003-02-27 2004-09-10 J. Uriach Y Compañia S.A. Pyrazolopyridine derivates
WO2005085248A1 (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-15 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Heteroaryl-fused pyrazolo derivatives
WO2007002433A1 (en) * 2005-06-22 2007-01-04 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridine derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2007013896A2 (en) * 2005-05-17 2007-02-01 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrol (2,3-b) pyridine derivatives protein kinase inhibitors
WO2008079903A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-07-03 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridine derivatives as kinase modulators

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004076450A1 (en) * 2003-02-27 2004-09-10 J. Uriach Y Compañia S.A. Pyrazolopyridine derivates
WO2005085248A1 (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-15 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Heteroaryl-fused pyrazolo derivatives
WO2007013896A2 (en) * 2005-05-17 2007-02-01 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrol (2,3-b) pyridine derivatives protein kinase inhibitors
WO2007002433A1 (en) * 2005-06-22 2007-01-04 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridine derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2008079903A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-07-03 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridine derivatives as kinase modulators

Non-Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BAGSHAWE, DNIG DEV. RES., vol. 34, 1995, pages 220 - 230
BALAK, CLIN CANCER RES., vol. 12, 2006, pages 6494 - 501
BERTOLINI ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 40, 1997, pages 2011 - 2016
CRUMP, CURR PHANN DES, vol. 8, no. 25, 2002, pages 2243 - 8
ENGELMAN ET AL., NATURE MEDICINE, vol. 14, no. 12, 2008, pages 1351 - 1355
GARZYA ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 45, 2004, pages 1499 - 1501
GIRGIS, N., J. HETEROCYCLIC. CHEM., vol. 26, 1989, pages 317 - 325
HOOD, J.D. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 296, 2002, pages 2404
KUNNIMALAIYAAN ET AL., ANTICANCER DRUGS, vol. 17, no. 2, 2006, pages 139 - 42
MUYAURA; SUZUKI, CHEM. REV., vol. 95, 1995, pages 2457
NIIHORI ET AL., NAT GENET., vol. 38, no. 3, 2006, pages 294 - 6
SHAN ET AL., J PHARM SCI, vol. 86, no. 7, 1997, pages 756 - 757

Cited By (155)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9487515B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2016-11-08 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor
US9469640B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2016-10-18 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10426760B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2019-10-01 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9844539B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2017-12-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9260437B2 (en) 2008-05-19 2016-02-16 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10251889B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2019-04-09 Array BioPharm Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors
US10758542B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2020-09-01 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as Trk kinase inhibitors
US9617267B2 (en) 2009-11-18 2017-04-11 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9440969B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2016-09-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9682981B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2017-06-20 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
WO2012075327A1 (en) 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Methods for treating a tumor using an antibody that specifically binds grp94
US11337976B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2022-05-24 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9624213B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2017-04-18 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9550768B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2017-01-24 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation and indications therefor
US9572808B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2017-02-21 Neupharma, Inc. Benzenesulfonamide derivatives of quinoxaline, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in methods for treating cancer
US10137125B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2018-11-27 Neupharma, Inc. Benzenesulfonamide derivatives of quinoxaline, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use in methods for treating cancer
US10759766B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2020-09-01 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US10065932B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2018-09-04 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US9518029B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2016-12-13 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US9822081B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2017-11-21 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US9408885B2 (en) 2011-12-01 2016-08-09 Vib Vzw Combinations of therapeutic agents for treating melanoma
US9670180B2 (en) 2012-01-25 2017-06-06 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US9908866B2 (en) 2012-01-25 2018-03-06 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US10590106B2 (en) 2012-01-25 2020-03-17 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
WO2013113669A1 (en) * 2012-01-30 2013-08-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Isoquinoline and naphthyridine derivatives
JP2015509921A (en) * 2012-01-30 2015-04-02 エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Isoquinoline and naphthyridine derivatives
CN104334532A (en) * 2012-01-30 2015-02-04 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Isoquinoline and naphthyridine derivatives
US9358235B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2016-06-07 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10123998B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2018-11-13 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9730918B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2017-08-15 Plexxikon Inc. Kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9592235B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2017-03-14 Genentech, Inc. Aminoquinazoline and pyridopyrimidine derivatives
US9382241B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2016-07-05 Genentech, Inc. Aminoquinazoline and pyridopyrimidine derivatives
US10227357B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2019-03-12 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9688635B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2017-06-27 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
EP2897618A4 (en) * 2012-09-24 2016-03-02 Neupharma Inc Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
US10457641B2 (en) 2012-09-24 2019-10-29 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
WO2014047648A1 (en) 2012-09-24 2014-03-27 Neupharma, Inc. Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
CN105712992A (en) * 2012-09-29 2016-06-29 上海科州药物研发有限公司 Compound serving as cMet inhibitor and preparation method and application of compound
US9163021B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2015-10-20 Pfizer Limited Pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine tropomyosin-related kinase inhibitors
US9725421B2 (en) 2012-11-12 2017-08-08 Neupharma, Inc. Substituted quinoxalines as B-raf kinase inhibitors
US10047059B2 (en) 2012-11-12 2018-08-14 Neupharma, Inc. Substituted quinoxalines for inhibiting kinase activity
WO2014095757A1 (en) * 2012-12-17 2014-06-26 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of x-linked charcot-marie-tooth
US9676748B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-13 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10301280B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-05-28 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9822109B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-21 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9718847B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-01 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9873700B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2018-01-23 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10421761B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2019-09-24 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9771369B2 (en) 2014-03-04 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9856259B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2018-01-02 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2016057367A1 (en) 2014-10-06 2016-04-14 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Angiopoietin-2 biomarkers predictive of anti-immune checkpoint response
US10160755B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10421756B2 (en) 2015-07-06 2019-09-24 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Heterobicyclic N-aminophenyl-amides as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US11858939B2 (en) 2015-07-06 2024-01-02 Alkermes, Inc. Hetero-halo inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US10919902B2 (en) 2015-07-06 2021-02-16 Alkermes, Inc. Hetero-halo inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2017011776A1 (en) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Array Biopharma, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US10174028B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10138243B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2018-11-27 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10023570B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2018-07-17 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10174027B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10829484B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2020-11-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9975894B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2018-05-22 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10899761B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2021-01-26 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10370374B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2019-08-06 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9771363B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2017-09-26 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10647716B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2020-05-12 Plexxikon Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10907215B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2021-02-02 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US10724102B2 (en) 2015-10-26 2020-07-28 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Point mutations in TRK inhibitor-resistant cancer and methods relating to the same
US9938273B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-04-10 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10160747B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2018-12-25 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
WO2017176744A1 (en) 2016-04-04 2017-10-12 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US11191766B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2021-12-07 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US10588908B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2020-03-17 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US10668072B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2020-06-02 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
US11484535B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2022-11-01 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a] pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
WO2017176751A1 (en) 2016-04-04 2017-10-12 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (s)-n-(5-((r)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
US10045991B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2018-08-14 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Methods of treating pediatric cancers
US10137127B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2018-11-27 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Liquid formulations of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide
US11214571B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-01-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Process for the preparation of (S)-N-(5-((R)-2-(2,5-difluorophenyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxamide and salts thereof
US10508085B2 (en) 2016-09-22 2019-12-17 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
US10112942B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-10-30 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2018071454A1 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-04-19 Andrews Steven W Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US10172845B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10441581B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2019-10-15 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10953005B1 (en) 2016-10-10 2021-03-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10144734B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-12-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
EP4144735A1 (en) 2016-10-10 2023-03-08 Array Biopharma, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US10137124B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-11-27 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2018071447A1 (en) 2016-10-10 2018-04-19 Andrews Steven W Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US10881652B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2021-01-05 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10555944B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2020-02-11 Eli Lilly And Company Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
EP3753939A1 (en) 2016-10-10 2020-12-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US11648243B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2023-05-16 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US10172851B2 (en) 2016-10-10 2019-01-08 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US11091486B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2021-08-17 Array Biopharma, Inc Process for the preparation of pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines and salts thereof
US10703757B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-07-07 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for CDK8 modulation and indications therefor
US11286256B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2022-03-29 Alkermes, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US9951069B1 (en) 2017-01-11 2018-04-24 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US10519149B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2019-12-31 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US10793567B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2020-10-06 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US11225479B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2022-01-18 Alkermes, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US10696673B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2020-06-30 Rodin Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US11040027B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2021-06-22 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
JP2020505452A (en) * 2017-01-17 2020-02-20 ヘパリジェニックス ゲーエムベーハー Protein kinase inhibition to promote liver regeneration or reduce or prevent hepatocellular death
JP7300394B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2023-06-29 ヘパリジェニックス ゲーエムベーハー Protein kinase inhibition to promote liver regeneration or reduce or prevent hepatocyte death
WO2018136661A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Andrews Steven W SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRAZINE COMPOUNDS AS RET KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2018136663A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Array Biopharma, Inc. Ret inhibitors
US11168090B2 (en) 2017-01-18 2021-11-09 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as RET kinase inhibitors
US11851434B2 (en) 2017-01-18 2023-12-26 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrazine compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2018146253A1 (en) 2017-02-10 2018-08-16 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancers associated with activation of the mapk pathway
US10966985B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2021-04-06 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
US10688100B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2020-06-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Macrocylic compounds as ROS1 kinase inhibitors
WO2018170381A1 (en) 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 Andrews Steven W Macrocyclic compounds as ros1 kinase inhibitors
US10577366B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2020-03-03 Plexxikon Inc. Crystalline forms of a compound that inhibits bromodomain
US10428067B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2019-10-01 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for kinase modulation
US10941142B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2021-03-09 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10961240B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2021-03-30 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US10435404B2 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-10-08 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
US11225475B2 (en) 2017-08-07 2022-01-18 Alkermes, Inc. Substituted pyridines as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US11912702B2 (en) 2017-08-07 2024-02-27 Alkermes, Inc. Substituted pyridines as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
WO2019075108A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Metcalf Andrew T Crystalline forms
WO2019075114A1 (en) 2017-10-10 2019-04-18 Mark Reynolds Formulations comprising 6-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-(6-(6-((6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl)-3,6-diazab icyclo[3.1.1]heptan-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile
US10717735B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2020-07-21 Plexxikon Inc. Solid forms of a compound for modulating kinases
US11103505B2 (en) 2017-10-27 2021-08-31 Plexxikon Inc. Formulations of a compound modulating kinases
WO2019133810A1 (en) 2017-12-28 2019-07-04 Tract Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stem cell culture systems for columnar epithelial stem cells, and uses related thereto
US11524963B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2022-12-13 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2019143977A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2019143994A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl[4,3-c]pyridinecompounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US11603374B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2023-03-14 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
US11472802B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2022-10-18 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolyl[4,3-c]pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
US11858927B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2024-01-02 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase MKK4 inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
CN111788195A (en) * 2018-01-31 2020-10-16 海帕瑞吉尼克斯股份有限公司 Protein kinase MKK4 inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2019149738A1 (en) 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase mkk4 inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
JP2021514346A (en) * 2018-01-31 2021-06-10 ヘパリジェニックス ゲーエムベーハー Protein kinase MKK4 inhibitor for promoting liver regeneration or suppressing or preventing hepatocyte death
CN111788195B (en) * 2018-01-31 2023-11-21 海帕瑞吉尼克斯股份有限公司 Protein kinase MKK4 inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
JP7337813B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2023-09-04 ヘパリジェニックス ゲーエムベーハー Protein kinase MKK4 inhibitor for promoting liver regeneration or suppressing or preventing hepatocyte death
RU2788000C2 (en) * 2018-01-31 2023-01-16 Хепаридженикс Гмбх Mkk4 protein kinase inhibitors for stimulation of liver regeneration or reduction or prevention of hepatocyte death
US11149011B2 (en) 2018-03-20 2021-10-19 Plexxikon Inc. Compounds and methods for IDO and TDO modulation, and indications therefor
RU2678455C1 (en) * 2018-06-01 2019-01-29 Сергей Викторович Леонов N-(3-(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1n-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-2,4-difluorophenyl)propane-1-sulphonamide crystalline form, active component, pharmaceutical composition and medicine
US11731968B2 (en) 2018-06-21 2023-08-22 Heparegenix Gmbh Tricyclic protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2019243315A1 (en) 2018-06-21 2019-12-26 Heparegenix Gmbh Tricyclic protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
US11912701B2 (en) 2018-07-16 2024-02-27 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2020016243A1 (en) 2018-07-16 2020-01-23 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2020028258A1 (en) 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Spray-dried dispersions and formulations of (s)-5-amino-3-(4-((5-fluoro-2-methoxybenzamido)methyl)phenyl)-1-(1,1,1-trifluoro propan-2-yl)-1h-pyrazole-4-carboxamide
WO2020055672A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 Array Biopharma Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
WO2020131674A1 (en) 2018-12-19 2020-06-25 Array Biopharma Inc. 7-((3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)amino)quinoxaline derivatives as fgfr inhibitors for treating cancer
WO2020131627A1 (en) 2018-12-19 2020-06-25 Array Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds as inhibitors of fgfr tyrosine kinases
WO2021018820A1 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-02-04 Heparegenix Gmbh Heteroaryl-substituted pyrazolo-pyridine protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
US11964988B2 (en) 2019-09-06 2024-04-23 Array Biopharma Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
WO2021134004A1 (en) 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 Schrodinger, Inc. Cyclic compounds and methods of using same
WO2021144287A1 (en) 2020-01-15 2021-07-22 Heparegenix Gmbh 3-benzoyl-1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as mkk4 inhibitors for treating liver diseases
WO2022055963A1 (en) 2020-09-10 2022-03-17 Schrödinger, Inc. Heterocyclic pericondensed cdc7 kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2022164789A1 (en) 2021-01-26 2022-08-04 Schrödinger, Inc. Tricyclic compounds useful in the treatment of cancer, autoimmune and inflammatory disoders
WO2022197898A1 (en) 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 Schrödinger, Inc. Cyclic compounds and methods of using same
WO2023194443A1 (en) * 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 Heparegenix Gmbh Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of colon and lung cancer

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2010111527A1 (en) Pyrazolo [ 3, 4 -b] pyridines as kinase inhibitors and their medical use
US8153641B2 (en) Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US10426760B2 (en) Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US8110576B2 (en) Substituted pyrrolo[2,3b]pyrazines and methods for treatment of raf protein kinase-mediated indications
US8119637B2 (en) Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US9260437B2 (en) Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor
US20120122860A1 (en) Solid forms of sulfonamides and amino acids
EP2516438A2 (en) Compounds and methods for kinase modulation, and indications therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10724604

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10724604

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1